blob: 76c95257960a559401acee9dc2c94361d49f5a15 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
1564
1565 i = 0;
1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1567 ++i;
1568
1569 /*
1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1571 */
1572 while (line[i])
1573 {
1574 /*
1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1576 */
1577 found_one = FALSE;
1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1579 {
1580 /*
1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1582 * put string at start of string.
1583 */
1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1585 *flags = list;
1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1589 continue;
1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1591
1592 /*
1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1594 * nested comments.
1595 */
1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1597 continue;
1598
1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1601 continue;
1602
1603 /*
1604 * Line contents and string must match.
1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1607 * TABs and spaces).
1608 */
1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1610 {
1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1612 continue;
1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1614 ++string;
1615 }
1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1617 ;
1618 if (string[j] != NUL)
1619 continue;
1620
1621 /*
1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1624 */
1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1627 continue;
1628
1629 /*
1630 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1631 */
1632 i += j;
1633 got_com = TRUE;
1634 found_one = TRUE;
1635 break;
1636 }
1637
1638 /*
1639 * No match found, stop scanning.
1640 */
1641 if (!found_one)
1642 break;
1643
1644 /*
1645 * Include any trailing white space.
1646 */
1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1648 ++i;
1649
1650 /*
1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1652 */
1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1654 break;
1655 }
1656 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1657}
1658#endif
1659
1660/*
1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1662 */
1663 int
1664plines(lnum)
1665 linenr_T lnum;
1666{
1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1668}
1669
1670 int
1671plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1672 win_T *wp;
1673 linenr_T lnum;
1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1675{
1676#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1678 * is one line anyway. */
1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1680}
1681
1682 int
1683plines_nofill(lnum)
1684 linenr_T lnum;
1685{
1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1687}
1688
1689 int
1690plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1691 win_T *wp;
1692 linenr_T lnum;
1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1694{
1695#endif
1696 int lines;
1697
1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1699 return 1;
1700
1701#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1702 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1703 return 1;
1704#endif
1705
1706#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1710 return 1;
1711#endif
1712
1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1715 return (int)wp->w_height;
1716 return lines;
1717}
1718
1719/*
1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1722 */
1723 int
1724plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1725 win_T *wp;
1726 linenr_T lnum;
1727{
1728 char_u *s;
1729 long col;
1730 int width;
1731
1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1734 return 1;
1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1736
1737 /*
1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1739 * extra column.
1740 */
1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1742 col += 1;
1743
1744 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001745 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746 */
1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1748 if (width <= 0)
1749 return 32000;
1750 if (col <= width)
1751 return 1;
1752 col -= width;
1753 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1755}
1756
1757/*
1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1760 */
1761 int
1762plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1763 win_T *wp;
1764 linenr_T lnum;
1765 long column;
1766{
1767 long col;
1768 char_u *s;
1769 int lines = 0;
1770 int width;
1771
1772#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1774 * is one line anyway. */
1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1776#endif
1777
1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1779 return lines + 1;
1780
1781#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1782 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1783 return lines + 1;
1784#endif
1785
1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1787
1788 col = 0;
1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1790 {
1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001792 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793 }
1794
1795 /*
1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1800 * 'ts') -- webb.
1801 */
1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1804
1805 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807 */
1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001809 if (width <= 0)
1810 return 9999;
1811
1812 lines += 1;
1813 if (col > width)
1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1815 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816}
1817
1818 int
1819plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1820 win_T *wp;
1821 linenr_T first, last;
1822{
1823 int count = 0;
1824
1825 while (first <= last)
1826 {
1827#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1828 int x;
1829
1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1831 * that are maybe folded. */
1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1833 if (x > 0)
1834 {
1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1836 first += x;
1837 }
1838 else
1839#endif
1840 {
1841#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1842 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1844 else
1845#endif
1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1847 ++first;
1848 }
1849 }
1850 return (count);
1851}
1852
1853#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1854/*
1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1857 */
1858 void
1859ins_bytes(p)
1860 char_u *p;
1861{
1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1863}
1864#endif
1865
1866#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1868/*
1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1871 */
1872 void
1873ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1874 char_u *p;
1875 int len;
1876{
1877 int i;
1878# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1879 int n;
1880
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001881 if (has_mbyte)
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1883 {
1884 if (enc_utf8)
1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1887 else
1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1890 }
1891 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1894 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895}
1896#endif
1897
1898/*
1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1903 * convert bytes to a character.
1904 */
1905 void
1906ins_char(c)
1907 int c;
1908{
1909#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1911 int n;
1912
1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1914
1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1917 if (buf[0] == 0)
1918 buf[0] = '\n';
1919
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1921}
1922
1923 void
1924ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1925 char_u *buf;
1926 int charlen;
1927{
1928 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929#endif
1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1932 char_u *p;
1933 char_u *newp;
1934 char_u *oldp;
1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1936 colnr_T col;
1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1938 int i;
1939
1940#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1943 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1944#endif
1945
1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1949
1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1951 oldlen = 0;
1952#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1953 newlen = charlen;
1954#else
1955 newlen = 1;
1956#endif
1957
1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1959 {
1960#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1962 {
1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1964 colnr_T vcol;
1965 int old_list;
1966#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1967 char_u buf[2];
1968#endif
1969
1970 /*
1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1974 */
1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1978
1979 /*
1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1984 */
1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1986#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1987 buf[0] = c;
1988 buf[1] = NUL;
1989#endif
1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1992 {
1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1995 * position. */
1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1997 break;
1998#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000#else
2001 ++oldlen;
2002#endif
2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2004 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2006 }
2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2008 }
2009 else
2010#endif
2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2012 {
2013 /* normal replace */
2014#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016#else
2017 oldlen = 1;
2018#endif
2019 }
2020
2021
2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2026 replace_push(NUL);
2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2028 {
2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002030 if (has_mbyte)
2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2032 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 }
2036 }
2037
2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2039 if (newp == NULL)
2040 return;
2041
2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2043 if (col > 0)
2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2045
2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2047 p = newp + col;
2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2050
2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2052#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2054 i = charlen;
2055#else
2056 *p = c;
2057 i = 1;
2058#endif
2059
2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2061 while (i < newlen)
2062 p[i++] = ' ';
2063
2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2066
2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2069
2070 /*
2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2072 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2073 */
2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2075 && msg_silent == 0
2076#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2077 && charlen == 1
2078#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002079#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2080 && !ins_compl_active()
2081#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082 )
2083 showmatch(c);
2084
2085#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2087#endif
2088 {
2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2090#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2092#else
2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2094#endif
2095 }
2096 /*
2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2098 */
2099}
2100
2101/*
2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2105 */
2106 void
2107ins_str(s)
2108 char_u *s;
2109{
2110 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2112 int oldlen;
2113 colnr_T col;
2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2115
2116#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2118 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2119#endif
2120
2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2124
2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2126 if (newp == NULL)
2127 return;
2128 if (col > 0)
2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2135}
2136
2137/*
2138 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2141 *
2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2143 */
2144 int
2145del_char(fixpos)
2146 int fixpos;
2147{
2148#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2149 if (has_mbyte)
2150 {
2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2152 mb_adjust_cursor();
2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2154 return FAIL;
2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2156 }
2157#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002159}
2160
2161#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2162/*
2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2164 */
2165 int
2166del_chars(count, fixpos)
2167 long count;
2168 int fixpos;
2169{
2170 long bytes = 0;
2171 long i;
2172 char_u *p;
2173 int l;
2174
2175 p = ml_get_cursor();
2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2177 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 bytes += l;
2180 p += l;
2181 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183}
2184#endif
2185
2186/*
2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2190 *
2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2192 */
2193 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002195 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002196 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002198{
2199 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2200 colnr_T oldlen;
2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2203 int was_alloced;
2204 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002206
2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2209
2210 /*
2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2212 */
2213 if (col >= oldlen)
2214 return FAIL;
2215
2216#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2218 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002222 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223 int n;
2224
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2226 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227 {
2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2229 n = col;
2230 do
2231 {
2232 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234 n += count;
2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2236 fixpos = 0;
2237 }
2238 }
2239#endif
2240
2241 /*
2242 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2243 */
2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2245 if (movelen <= 1)
2246 {
2247 /*
2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002251 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2253#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2255#endif
2256 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002257 {
2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2259#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2261#endif
2262#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2263 if (has_mbyte)
2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2266#endif
2267 }
2268 count = oldlen - col;
2269 movelen = 1;
2270 }
2271
2272 /*
2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02002277 * care of notifying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaarb26e6322010-05-22 21:34:09 +02002280 if (netbeans_active())
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002281 was_alloced = FALSE;
2282 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285 if (was_alloced)
2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2287 else
2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2290 if (newp == NULL)
2291 return FAIL;
2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2293 }
2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2295 if (!was_alloced)
2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2297
2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2300
2301 return OK;
2302}
2303
2304/*
2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2307 *
2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2309 */
2310 int
2311truncate_line(fixpos)
2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2313{
2314 char_u *newp;
2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2317
2318 if (col == 0)
2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2320 else
2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2322
2323 if (newp == NULL)
2324 return FAIL;
2325
2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2327
2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2330
2331 /*
2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2333 */
2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2336
2337 return OK;
2338}
2339
2340/*
2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2343 */
2344 void
2345del_lines(nlines, undo)
2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2348{
2349 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002351
2352 if (nlines <= 0)
2353 return;
2354
2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357 return;
2358
2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2360 {
2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2362 break;
2363
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002364 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365 ++n;
2366
2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369 break;
2370 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2375 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002376
2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379}
2380
2381 int
2382gchar_pos(pos)
2383 pos_T *pos;
2384{
2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2386
2387#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2388 if (has_mbyte)
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2390#endif
2391 return (int)*ptr;
2392}
2393
2394 int
2395gchar_cursor()
2396{
2397#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2398 if (has_mbyte)
2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2400#endif
2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2406 * It is directly written into the block.
2407 */
2408 void
2409pchar_cursor(c)
2410 int c;
2411{
2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2414}
2415
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002416/*
2417 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2418 * non-blank in the line.
2419 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2420 * the line.
2421 */
2422 int
2423inindent(extra)
2424 int extra;
2425{
2426 char_u *ptr;
2427 colnr_T col;
2428
2429 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2430 ++ptr;
2431 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2432 return TRUE;
2433 else
2434 return FALSE;
2435}
2436
2437/*
2438 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2439 */
2440 char_u *
2441skip_to_option_part(p)
2442 char_u *p;
2443{
2444 if (*p == ',')
2445 ++p;
2446 while (*p == ' ')
2447 ++p;
2448 return p;
2449}
2450
2451/*
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002452 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002453 *
2454 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2455 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002456 *
2457 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002458 */
2459 void
2460changed()
2461{
2462#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2463 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2464 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2465 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2466 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2467 return;
2468 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2469#endif
2470
2471 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2472 {
2473 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2474
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002475 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2476 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002477 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002478
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002479 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2480 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2481 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2482#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2483 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2484#endif
2485 )
2486 {
2487 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2488
2489 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2490 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2491 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2492 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2493 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2494 {
2495 out_flush();
2496 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2497 wait_return(TRUE);
2498 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2499 }
2500 }
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002501 changed_int();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002502 }
2503 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504}
2505
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002506/*
2507 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
2508 */
2509 void
2510changed_int()
2511{
2512 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
2513 ml_setflags(curbuf);
2514#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2515 check_status(curbuf);
2516 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
2517#endif
2518#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2519 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2520#endif
2521}
2522
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002523static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2524static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002525static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2526
2527/*
2528 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2529 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2530 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2531 * - invalidates cached values
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002532 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002533 */
2534 void
2535changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2536 linenr_T lnum;
2537 colnr_T col;
2538{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002539 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002540 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002541
2542#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2543 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2544 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2545 {
2546 win_T *wp;
2547 linenr_T wlnum;
2548
2549 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2550 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2551 {
2552 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2553 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2554 if (wlnum > 0)
2555 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2556 }
2557 }
2558#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002559}
2560
2561 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002562changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2563 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564 linenr_T lnum;
2565{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002566 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002567 {
2568 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002569 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2570 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2571 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2572 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573 }
2574 else
2575 {
2576 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002577 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2578 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2579 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2580 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002581 }
2582}
2583
2584/*
2585 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2586 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2587 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2588 */
2589 void
2590appended_lines(lnum, count)
2591 linenr_T lnum;
2592 long count;
2593{
2594 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2595}
2596
2597/*
2598 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2599 */
2600 void
2601appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2602 linenr_T lnum;
2603 long count;
2604{
2605 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2606 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2613 */
2614 void
2615deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2616 linenr_T lnum;
2617 long count;
2618{
2619 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2620}
2621
2622/*
2623 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002624 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2625 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002626 */
2627 void
2628deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2629 linenr_T lnum;
2630 long count;
2631{
2632 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2633 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2634}
2635
2636/*
2637 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2638 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2639 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2640 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2641 * - invalidate cached values
2642 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2643 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2644 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2645 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002646 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647 */
2648 void
2649changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2650 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2651 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2652 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2653 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2654{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002655 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2656
2657#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2658 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2659 {
2660 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2661 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2662 * displaying. */
2663 win_T *wp;
2664 linenr_T wlnum;
2665
2666 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2667 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2668 {
2669 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2670 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2671 if (wlnum > 0)
2672 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2673 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2674 }
2675 }
2676#endif
2677
2678 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2679}
2680
2681 static void
2682changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2683 buf_T *buf;
2684 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2685 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2686 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2687{
2688 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689 {
2690 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002691 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2692 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2693 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694 {
2695 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002696 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2697 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2698 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002700 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2701 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2702 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002703 }
2704 else
2705 {
2706 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002707 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2708 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2709 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2710 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002711 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002712}
2713
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002714/*
2715 * Common code for when a change is was made.
2716 * See changed_lines() for the arguments.
2717 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
2718 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002719 static void
2720changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2721 linenr_T lnum;
2722 colnr_T col;
2723 linenr_T lnume;
2724 long xtra;
2725{
2726 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002727#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2728 tabpage_T *tp;
2729#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730 int i;
2731#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2732 int cols;
2733 pos_T *p;
2734 int add;
2735#endif
2736
2737 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2738 changed();
2739
2740 /* set the '. mark */
2741 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2742 {
2743 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2744 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2745
2746#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2747 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2748 * don't have an entry yet. */
2749 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2750 {
2751 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2752 add = TRUE;
2753 else
2754 {
2755 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2756 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2757 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2758 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2759 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2760 add = TRUE;
2761 else
2762 {
2763 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2764 if (cols == 0)
2765 cols = 79;
2766 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2767 }
2768 }
2769 if (add)
2770 {
2771 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2772 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2773 * position in the changelist. */
2774 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2775
2776 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2777 {
2778 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2779 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2780 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2781 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002782 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783 {
2784 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2785 * this buffer. */
2786 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2787 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2788 }
2789 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002790 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002791 {
2792 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2793 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2794 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2795 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2796 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2797 }
2798 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2799 }
2800 }
2801 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2802 curbuf->b_last_change;
2803 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2804 * takes you back to it. */
2805 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2806#endif
2807 }
2808
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002809 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002810 {
2811 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2812 {
2813 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2814 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2815 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2816
2817 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2818 * values for the cursor. */
2819#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2820 /*
2821 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2822 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2823 */
2824 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2825
2826 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2827 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2828 * might be displayed differently.
2829 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2830 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2831 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2832 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2833 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2834 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2835 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2836 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2837
2838 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2839 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2840 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2841 {
2842 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2843 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2844 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2845 }
2846#endif
2847
2848 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2849 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2850 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2851 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2852 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2853 {
2854 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2855 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2856 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2857 }
2858
2859 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2860 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2861 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2862 * after the change. */
2863 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2864 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2865 {
2866 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2867 {
2868 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2869 {
2870 /* line included in change */
2871 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2872 }
2873 else if (xtra != 0)
2874 {
2875 /* line below change */
2876 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2877#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2878 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2879#endif
2880 }
2881 }
2882#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2883 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2884 {
2885 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2886 * may need to be redrawn */
2887 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2888 }
2889#endif
2890 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002891
2892#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2893 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2894 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2895 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2896 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2897#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2902 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2903 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2904 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002905
2906#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2907 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002908 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2909 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002910 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2911#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002912}
2913
2914/*
2915 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2916 */
2917 void
2918unchanged(buf, ff)
2919 buf_T *buf;
2920 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2921{
Bram Moolenaar164c60f2011-01-22 00:11:50 +01002922 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002923 {
2924 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002925 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002926 if (ff)
2927 save_file_ff(buf);
2928#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2929 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002930 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002931#endif
2932#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2933 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2934#endif
2935 }
2936 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2938 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2939#endif
2940}
2941
2942#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2943/*
2944 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2945 * need to be updated
2946 */
2947 void
2948check_status(buf)
2949 buf_T *buf;
2950{
2951 win_T *wp;
2952
2953 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2954 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2955 {
2956 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2957 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2958 must_redraw = VALID;
2959 }
2960}
2961#endif
2962
2963/*
2964 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2965 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2966 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002967 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002968 * will be TRUE.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002969 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002970 */
2971 void
2972change_warning(col)
2973 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2974 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2975{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002976 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2977
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2979 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2980#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2981 && !autocmd_busy
2982#endif
2983 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
2984 {
2985#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002986 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002987 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002988 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002989 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
2990 return;
2991#endif
2992 /*
2993 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
2994 * be after the mode message.
2995 */
2996 msg_start();
2997 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
2998 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00002999 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003000 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3001#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3002 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3003#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003004 msg_clr_eos();
3005 (void)msg_end();
3006 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3007 {
3008 out_flush();
3009 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3010 }
3011 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3012 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3013 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3014 showmode();
3015 }
3016}
3017
3018/*
3019 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3020 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3021 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3022 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3023 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3024 *
3025 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3026 */
3027 int
3028ask_yesno(str, direct)
3029 char_u *str;
3030 int direct;
3031{
3032 int r = ' ';
3033 int save_State = State;
3034
3035 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3036 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3037 ++no_wait_return;
3038#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3039 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3040#endif
3041 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3042#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3043 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3044#endif
3045 ++no_mapping;
3046 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3047
3048 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3049 {
3050 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3051 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3052 if (direct)
3053 r = get_keystroke();
3054 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003055 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003056 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3057 r = 'n';
3058 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3059 out_flush();
3060 }
3061 --no_wait_return;
3062 State = save_State;
3063#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3064 setmouse();
3065#endif
3066 --no_mapping;
3067 --allow_keys;
3068
3069 return r;
3070}
3071
3072/*
3073 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3074 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3075 * button (used at the more prompt).
3076 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3077 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3078 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3079 */
3080 int
3081get_keystroke()
3082{
3083#define CBUFLEN 151
3084 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3085 int len = 0;
3086 int n;
3087 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003088 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003089
3090 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3091 for (;;)
3092 {
3093 cursor_on();
3094 out_flush();
3095
3096 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3097 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3098 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3099 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3100 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3101 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3102 if (n > 0)
3103 {
3104 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3105 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3106 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003107 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003108 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003109 else if (len > 0)
3110 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003112 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3113 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3114 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003116
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003117 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003118 {
Bram Moolenaarfd30cd42011-03-22 13:07:26 +01003119 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0)
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003120 {
3121 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */
3122 update_screen(0);
3123 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */
3124 }
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003125 continue;
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003126 }
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003127 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003128 len = n;
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003129 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130 continue;
3131
3132 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3133 n = buf[0];
3134 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3135 {
3136 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3137 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3138 || n == K_IGNORE
3139#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3140 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3141 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3142 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3143 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3144 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3145 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3146 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3147 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3148 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3149 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3150 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3151 || n == K_MOUSEUP
Bram Moolenaar8d9b40e2010-07-25 15:49:07 +02003152 || n == K_MOUSELEFT
3153 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003154 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3155 || n == K_X1DRAG
3156 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3157 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3158 || n == K_X2DRAG
3159 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3160# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3161 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3162 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3163# endif
3164#endif
3165 )
3166 {
3167 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3168 mod_mask = buf[2];
3169 len -= 3;
3170 if (len > 0)
3171 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3172 continue;
3173 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003174 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003175 }
3176#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3177 if (has_mbyte)
3178 {
3179 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3180 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3181 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3182 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3183 }
3184#endif
3185#ifdef UNIX
3186 if (n == intr_char)
3187 n = ESC;
3188#endif
3189 break;
3190 }
3191
3192 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3193 return n;
3194}
3195
3196/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003197 * Get a number from the user.
3198 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003199 */
3200 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003201get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3202 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3203 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003204{
3205 int n = 0;
3206 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003207 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003208
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003209 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3210 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3211
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003212 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3213 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3214 if (msg_silent != 0)
3215 return 0;
3216
3217#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3218 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3219#endif
3220 ++no_mapping;
3221 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3222 for (;;)
3223 {
3224 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3225 c = safe_vgetc();
3226 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3227 {
3228 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3229 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003230 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003231 }
3232 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3233 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003234 if (typed > 0)
3235 {
3236 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3237 --typed;
3238 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003239 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003240 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003241#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3242 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3243 {
3244 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3245 n = mouse_row + 1;
3246 break;
3247 }
3248#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003249 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3250 {
3251 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3252 if (!exmode_active)
3253 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3254 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3255 do_redraw = FALSE;
3256 break;
3257 }
3258 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3259 break;
3260 }
3261 --no_mapping;
3262 --allow_keys;
3263 return n;
3264}
3265
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003266/*
3267 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003268 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3269 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003270 */
3271 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003272prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3273 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003274{
3275 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003276 int save_cmdline_row;
3277 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003278
3279 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003280 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003281 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003282 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003283 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003284
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003285 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3286 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003287 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003288 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003289 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003290 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003291
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003292 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3293 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003294 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003295 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3296 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003297 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3298 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3299 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003300 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003301 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003302 else
3303 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3304 State = save_State;
3305
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003306 return i;
3307}
3308
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309 void
3310msgmore(n)
3311 long n;
3312{
3313 long pn;
3314
3315 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003316 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3317 return;
3318
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003319 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3320 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3321 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3322 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3323 return;
3324
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003325 if (n > 0)
3326 pn = n;
3327 else
3328 pn = -n;
3329
3330 if (pn > p_report)
3331 {
3332 if (pn == 1)
3333 {
3334 if (n > 0)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003335 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"),
3336 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003337 else
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003338 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"),
3339 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003340 }
3341 else
3342 {
3343 if (n > 0)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003344 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN,
3345 _("%ld more lines"), pn);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003346 else
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003347 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN,
3348 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003349 }
3350 if (got_int)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003351 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003352 if (msg(msg_buf))
3353 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003354 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003355 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003356 }
3357 }
3358}
3359
3360/*
3361 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3362 */
3363 void
3364beep_flush()
3365{
3366 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3367 {
3368 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3369 vim_beep();
3370 }
3371}
3372
3373/*
3374 * give a warning for an error
3375 */
3376 void
3377vim_beep()
3378{
3379 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3380 {
3381 if (p_vb
3382#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3383 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3384 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3385 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3386#endif
3387 )
3388 {
3389 out_str(T_VB);
3390 }
3391 else
3392 {
3393#ifdef MSDOS
3394 /*
3395 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3396 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3397 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3398 */
3399 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3400 {
3401 out_char(BELL);
3402 beep_count = 1;
3403 }
3404 else
3405 ++beep_count;
3406#else
3407 out_char(BELL);
3408#endif
3409 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003410
3411 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3412 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3413 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3414 {
3415 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3416 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3417 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003418 }
3419}
3420
3421/*
3422 * To get the "real" home directory:
3423 * - get value of $HOME
3424 * For Unix:
3425 * - go to that directory
3426 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3427 * This also works with mounts and links.
3428 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3429 */
3430static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3431
3432 void
3433init_homedir()
3434{
3435 char_u *var;
3436
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003437 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3438 vim_free(homedir);
3439 homedir = NULL;
3440
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003441#ifdef VMS
3442 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3443#else
3444 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3445#endif
3446
3447 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3448 var = NULL;
3449
3450#ifdef WIN3264
3451 /*
3452 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3453 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3454 * when $HOME is being set.
3455 */
3456 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3457 {
3458 char_u *p;
3459 char_u *exp;
3460
3461 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3462 if (p != NULL)
3463 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003464 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003465 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3466 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3467 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3468 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003469 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003470 var = NameBuff;
3471 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3472 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3473 }
3474 }
3475 }
3476
3477 /*
3478 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3479 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3480 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3481 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3482 */
3483 if (var == NULL)
3484 {
3485 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3486
3487 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3488 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
Bram Moolenaar6f977012010-01-06 17:53:38 +01003489 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
3490 homepath = "\\";
3491 if (homedrive != NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003492 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3493 {
3494 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3495 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3496 {
3497 var = NameBuff;
3498 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3499 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3500 }
3501 }
3502 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003503
3504# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3505 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3506 {
3507 int len;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003508 char_u *pp = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003509
3510 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3511 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003512 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003513 if (pp != NULL)
3514 {
3515 homedir = pp;
3516 return;
3517 }
3518 }
3519# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003520#endif
3521
3522#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3523 /*
3524 * Default home dir is C:/
3525 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3526 */
3527 if (var == NULL)
3528 var = "C:/";
3529#endif
3530 if (var != NULL)
3531 {
3532#ifdef UNIX
3533 /*
3534 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3535 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3536 */
3537 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3538 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3539 {
3540 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3541 var = IObuff;
3542 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3543 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3544 }
3545#endif
3546 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3547 }
3548}
3549
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003550#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3551 void
3552free_homedir()
3553{
3554 vim_free(homedir);
3555}
3556#endif
3557
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003558/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003559 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3560 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3561 * again soon.
3562 */
3563 char_u *
3564expand_env_save(src)
3565 char_u *src;
3566{
3567 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3568}
3569
3570/*
3571 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3572 * expand "~" at the start.
3573 */
3574 char_u *
3575expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3576 char_u *src;
3577 int one;
3578{
3579 char_u *p;
3580
3581 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3582 if (p != NULL)
3583 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3584 return p;
3585}
3586
3587/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003588 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3589 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003590 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003591 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3592 */
3593 void
3594expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3595 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3596 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3597 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3598{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003599 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003600}
3601
3602 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003603expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003604 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003605 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3606 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3607 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003608 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003609 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003610{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003611 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003612 char_u *tail;
3613 int c;
3614 char_u *var;
3615 int copy_char;
3616 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3617 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003618 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003619
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003620 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003621 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003622
3623 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003624 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3625 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3626 {
3627 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003628 if ((*src == '$'
3629#ifdef VMS
3630 && at_start
3631#endif
3632 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003633#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3634 || *src == '%'
3635#endif
3636 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3637 {
3638 mustfree = FALSE;
3639
3640 /*
3641 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3642 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3643 */
3644 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3645 {
3646 tail = src + 1;
3647 var = dst;
3648 c = dstlen - 1;
3649
3650#ifdef UNIX
3651 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3652 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3653 {
3654 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3655 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3656 *var++ = *tail++;
3657 }
3658 else
3659#endif
3660 {
3661 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3662#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3663 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3664#endif
3665 ))
3666 {
3667#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3668 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3669 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3670#else
3671 *var++ = *tail++;
3672#endif
3673 }
3674 }
3675
3676#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3677# ifdef UNIX
3678 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3679# else
3680 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3681# endif
3682 var = NULL;
3683 else
3684 {
3685# ifdef UNIX
3686 if (src[1] == '{')
3687# else
3688 if (*src == '%')
3689#endif
3690 ++tail;
3691#endif
3692 *var = NUL;
3693 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3694#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3695 }
3696#endif
3697 }
3698 /* home directory */
3699 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3700 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3701 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3702 {
3703 var = homedir;
3704 tail = src + 1;
3705 }
3706 else /* user directory */
3707 {
3708#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3709 /*
3710 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3711 */
3712 tail = src;
3713 var = dst;
3714 c = dstlen - 1;
3715 while ( c-- > 0
3716 && *tail
3717 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3718 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3719 *var++ = *tail++;
3720 *var = NUL;
3721# ifdef UNIX
3722 /*
3723 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3724 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3725 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3726 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3727 */
3728# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3729 {
3730 struct passwd *pw;
3731
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003732 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3733 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003734 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3735 if (pw != NULL)
3736 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3737 else
3738 var = NULL;
3739 }
3740 if (var == NULL)
3741# endif
3742 {
3743 expand_T xpc;
3744
3745 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3746 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3747 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3748 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003749 mustfree = TRUE;
3750 }
3751
3752# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3753 /*
3754 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3755 * directories to search for the user account in.
3756 */
3757 {
3758 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3759 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3760 struct stat st;
3761
3762 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3763 next_path = paths;
3764 while (*next_path)
3765 {
3766 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3767 next_path++);
3768 if (*next_path)
3769 *next_path++ = NUL;
3770 STRCPY(test, path);
3771 STRCAT(test, "/");
3772 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3773 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3774 {
3775 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3776 STRCPY(var, test);
3777 mustfree = TRUE;
3778 break;
3779 }
3780 }
3781 }
3782# endif /* UNIX */
3783#else
3784 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3785 var = NULL;
3786 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3787#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3788 }
3789
3790#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3791 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3792 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3793 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3794 {
3795 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3796
3797 if (p != NULL)
3798 {
3799 if (mustfree)
3800 vim_free(var);
3801 var = p;
3802 mustfree = TRUE;
3803 forward_slash(var);
3804 }
3805 }
3806#endif
3807
3808 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3809 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3810 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3811 {
3812 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3813
3814 if (p != NULL)
3815 {
3816 if (mustfree)
3817 vim_free(var);
3818 var = p;
3819 mustfree = TRUE;
3820 }
3821 }
3822
3823 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3824 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3825 {
3826 STRCPY(dst, var);
3827 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003828 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003829 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3830 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003831 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003832#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3833 && dst[-1] != ':'
3834#endif
3835 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3836 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003837 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003838 src = tail;
3839 copy_char = FALSE;
3840 }
3841 if (mustfree)
3842 vim_free(var);
3843 }
3844
3845 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3846 {
3847 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003848 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003849 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3850 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003851 */
3852 at_start = FALSE;
3853 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3854 {
3855 *dst++ = *src++;
3856 --dstlen;
3857 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003858 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003859 at_start = TRUE;
3860 *dst++ = *src++;
3861 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003862
3863 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3864 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3865 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003866 }
3867 }
3868 *dst = NUL;
3869}
3870
3871/*
3872 * Vim's version of getenv().
3873 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003874 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003875 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be
3876 * initialized to FALSE by the caller.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003877 */
3878 char_u *
3879vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3880 char_u *name;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003881 int *mustfree;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003882{
3883 char_u *p;
3884 char_u *pend;
3885 int vimruntime;
3886
3887#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3888 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3889 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3890 return homedir;
3891#endif
3892
3893 p = mch_getenv(name);
3894 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3895 p = NULL;
3896
3897 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003898 {
3899#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3900 if (enc_utf8)
3901 {
3902 int len;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003903 char_u *pp = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003904
3905 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3906 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003907 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003908 if (pp != NULL)
3909 {
3910 p = pp;
3911 *mustfree = TRUE;
3912 }
3913 }
3914#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003915 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003916 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003917
3918 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3919 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3920 return NULL;
3921
3922 /*
3923 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3924 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3925 */
3926 if (vimruntime
3927#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3928 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3929#endif
3930 )
3931 {
3932 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3933 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3934 p = NULL;
3935 if (p != NULL)
3936 {
3937 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3938 if (p != NULL)
3939 *mustfree = TRUE;
3940 else
3941 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003942
3943#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3944 if (enc_utf8)
3945 {
3946 int len;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003947 char_u *pp = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003948
3949 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3950 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3951 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003952 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003953 if (pp != NULL)
3954 {
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003955 if (*mustfree)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003956 vim_free(p);
3957 p = pp;
3958 *mustfree = TRUE;
3959 }
3960 }
3961#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003962 }
3963 }
3964
3965 /*
3966 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3967 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3968 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3969 */
3970 if (p == NULL)
3971 {
3972 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3973 p = p_hf;
3974#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3975 /*
3976 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3977 */
3978 else
3979 p = exe_name;
3980#endif
3981 if (p != NULL)
3982 {
3983 /* remove the file name */
3984 pend = gettail(p);
3985
3986 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3987 if (p == p_hf)
3988 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3989
3990#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3991# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003992 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003993 if (p == exe_name)
3994 {
3995 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003996 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003997
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003998 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
3999 if (pend1 != pend)
4000 {
4001 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
4002 if (pnew != NULL)
4003 {
4004 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
4005 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
4006 p = pnew;
4007 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
4008 }
4009 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004010 }
4011# endif
4012 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
4013 if (p == exe_name)
4014 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
4015#endif
4016
4017 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
4018 if (!vimruntime)
4019 {
4020 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4021 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4022 }
4023
4024 /* remove trailing path separator */
4025#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4026 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004027 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004028 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004029 --pend;
4030#endif
4031
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004032#ifdef MACOS_X
4033 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4034#endif
4035 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4036 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004037
4038 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4039 {
4040 vim_free(p);
4041 p = NULL;
4042 }
4043 else
4044 {
4045#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4046 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4047 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4048 {
4049 vim_free(p);
4050 p = pend;
4051 }
4052#endif
4053 *mustfree = TRUE;
4054 }
4055 }
4056 }
4057
4058#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4059 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4060 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4061 if (p == NULL)
4062 {
4063 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4064 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4065 {
4066 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4067 *mustfree = FALSE;
4068 }
4069 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4070 {
4071 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4072 *mustfree = TRUE;
4073 else
4074 {
4075 p = default_vim_dir;
4076 *mustfree = FALSE;
4077 }
4078 }
4079 }
4080#endif
4081
4082 /*
4083 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4084 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4085 */
4086 if (p != NULL)
4087 {
4088 if (vimruntime)
4089 {
4090 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4091 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4092#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4093 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004094 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004095
4096 if (buf != NULL)
4097 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004098 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4099 vim_free(buf);
4100 }
4101 }
4102#endif
4103 }
4104 else
4105 {
4106 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4107 didset_vim = TRUE;
4108 }
4109 }
4110 return p;
4111}
4112
4113/*
4114 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4115 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4116 */
4117 static char_u *
4118vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4119 char_u *vimdir;
4120{
4121 char_u *p;
4122
4123 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4124 return NULL;
4125 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4126 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4127 return p;
4128 vim_free(p);
4129 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4130 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4131 return p;
4132 vim_free(p);
4133 return NULL;
4134}
4135
4136/*
4137 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4138 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4139 */
4140 static char_u *
4141remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4142 char_u *p;
4143 char_u *pend;
4144 char_u *name;
4145{
4146 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4147 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4148
4149 if (newend >= p
4150 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004151 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004152 return newend;
4153 return pend;
4154}
4155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004156/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004157 * Our portable version of setenv.
4158 */
4159 void
4160vim_setenv(name, val)
4161 char_u *name;
4162 char_u *val;
4163{
4164#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4165 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4166#else
4167 char_u *envbuf;
4168
4169 /*
4170 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4171 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4172 */
4173 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4174 if (envbuf != NULL)
4175 {
4176 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4177 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4178 }
4179#endif
4180}
4181
4182#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4183/*
4184 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4185 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004186 char_u *
4187get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004188 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004189 int idx;
4190{
4191# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4192 /*
4193 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4194 */
4195 return NULL;
4196# else
4197# ifndef __WIN32__
4198 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4199 extern char **environ;
4200# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004201# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4202 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004203 char_u *str;
4204 int n;
4205
4206 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4207 if (str == NULL)
4208 return NULL;
4209
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004210 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004211 {
4212 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4213 break;
4214 name[n] = str[n];
4215 }
4216 name[n] = NUL;
4217 return name;
4218# endif
4219}
4220#endif
4221
4222/*
4223 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4224 * 'src'.
4225 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4226 */
4227 void
4228home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4229 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4230 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4231 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4232 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4233 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4234 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4235{
4236 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4237 size_t len;
4238 char_u *homedir_env;
4239 char_u *p;
4240
4241 if (src == NULL)
4242 {
4243 *dst = NUL;
4244 return;
4245 }
4246
4247 /*
4248 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4249 */
4250 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4251 {
4252 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4253 return;
4254 }
4255
4256 /*
4257 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4258 * "real" home directory.
4259 */
4260 if (homedir != NULL)
4261 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4262
4263#ifdef VMS
4264 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4265#else
4266 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4267#endif
4268
4269 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4270 homedir_env = NULL;
4271 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4272 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4273
4274 if (!one)
4275 src = skipwhite(src);
4276 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4277 {
4278 /*
4279 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4280 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4281 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4282 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4283 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4284 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4285 * er's home directory)).
4286 */
4287 p = homedir;
4288 len = dirlen;
4289 for (;;)
4290 {
4291 if ( len
4292 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4293 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4294 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4295 || src[len] == NUL))
4296 {
4297 src += len;
4298 if (--dstlen > 0)
4299 *dst++ = '~';
4300
4301 /*
4302 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4303 */
4304 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4305 *dst++ = '/';
4306 break;
4307 }
4308 if (p == homedir_env)
4309 break;
4310 p = homedir_env;
4311 len = envlen;
4312 }
4313
4314 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4315 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4316 *dst++ = *src++;
4317 /* skip separator */
4318 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4319 *dst++ = *src++;
4320 }
4321 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4322
4323 *dst = NUL;
4324}
4325
4326/*
4327 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4328 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4329 */
4330 char_u *
4331home_replace_save(buf, src)
4332 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4333 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4334{
4335 char_u *dst;
4336 unsigned len;
4337
4338 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4339 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4340 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4341 dst = alloc(len);
4342 if (dst != NULL)
4343 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4344 return dst;
4345}
4346
4347/*
4348 * Compare two file names and return:
4349 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4350 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4351 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4352 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4353 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4354 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4355 */
4356 int
4357fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4358 char_u *s1, *s2;
4359 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4360{
4361#ifdef UNIX
4362 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4363 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4364 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4365 struct stat st1, st2;
4366 int r1, r2;
4367
4368 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4369 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4370 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4371 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4372 {
4373 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4374 if (checkname)
4375 {
4376 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4377 return FPC_SAMEX;
4378 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4379 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4380 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4381 return FPC_SAMEX;
4382 }
4383 return FPC_NOTX;
4384 }
4385 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4386 return FPC_DIFFX;
4387 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4388 return FPC_SAME;
4389 return FPC_DIFF;
4390#else
4391 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4392 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4393 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4394 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4395 int r1, r2;
4396
4397 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4398 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4399 {
4400 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4401 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4402
4403 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4404 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4405 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4406
4407 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4408 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4409 {
4410 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4411 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4412 else
4413 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4414 }
4415 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4416 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4417 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4418 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4419 else
4420 retval = FPC_SAME;
4421 vim_free(exp1);
4422 }
4423 return retval;
4424#endif
4425}
4426
4427/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004428 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004429 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it.
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004430 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004431 */
4432 char_u *
4433gettail(fname)
4434 char_u *fname;
4435{
4436 char_u *p1, *p2;
4437
4438 if (fname == NULL)
4439 return (char_u *)"";
4440 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4441 {
4442 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4443 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004444 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004445 }
4446 return p1;
4447}
4448
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004449#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
4450static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname));
4451
4452/*
4453 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path
4454 * separator:
4455 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file"
4456 * ^ ^ ^ ^
4457 */
4458 static char_u *
4459gettail_dir(fname)
4460 char_u *fname;
4461{
4462 char_u *dir_end = fname;
4463 char_u *next_dir_end = fname;
4464 int look_for_sep = TRUE;
4465 char_u *p;
4466
4467 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; )
4468 {
4469 if (vim_ispathsep(*p))
4470 {
4471 if (look_for_sep)
4472 {
4473 next_dir_end = p;
4474 look_for_sep = FALSE;
4475 }
4476 }
4477 else
4478 {
4479 if (!look_for_sep)
4480 dir_end = next_dir_end;
4481 look_for_sep = TRUE;
4482 }
4483 mb_ptr_adv(p);
4484 }
4485 return dir_end;
4486}
4487#endif
4488
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004489/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004490 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4491 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4492 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4493 */
4494 char_u *
4495gettail_sep(fname)
4496 char_u *fname;
4497{
4498 char_u *p;
4499 char_u *t;
4500
4501 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4502 t = gettail(fname);
4503 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4504 --t;
4505#ifdef VMS
4506 /* path separator is part of the path */
4507 ++t;
4508#endif
4509 return t;
4510}
4511
4512/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004513 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4514 */
4515 char_u *
4516getnextcomp(fname)
4517 char_u *fname;
4518{
4519 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004520 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004521 if (*fname)
4522 ++fname;
4523 return fname;
4524}
4525
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004526/*
4527 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4528 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4529 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4530 */
4531 char_u *
4532get_past_head(path)
4533 char_u *path;
4534{
4535 char_u *retval;
4536
4537#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4538 /* may skip "c:" */
4539 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4540 retval = path + 2;
4541 else
4542 retval = path;
4543#else
4544# if defined(AMIGA)
4545 /* may skip "label:" */
4546 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4547 if (retval == NULL)
4548 retval = path;
4549# else /* Unix */
4550 retval = path;
4551# endif
4552#endif
4553
4554 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4555 ++retval;
4556
4557 return retval;
4558}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004559
4560/*
4561 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4562 */
4563 int
4564vim_ispathsep(c)
4565 int c;
4566{
4567#ifdef RISCOS
4568 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4569#else
4570# ifdef UNIX
4571 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4572# else
4573# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4574 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4575# else
4576# ifdef VMS
4577 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4578 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4579 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004580# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004581 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004582# endif /* VMS */
4583# endif
4584# endif
4585#endif /* RISC OS */
4586}
4587
4588#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4589/*
4590 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4591 */
4592 int
4593vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4594 int c;
4595{
4596#ifdef UNIX
4597 return (c == ':');
4598#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004599 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004600#endif
4601}
4602#endif
4603
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004604#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4605 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4606/*
4607 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4608 * It's done in-place.
4609 */
4610 void
4611shorten_dir(str)
4612 char_u *str;
4613{
4614 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4615 int skip = FALSE;
4616
4617 tail = gettail(str);
4618 d = str;
4619 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4620 {
4621 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4622 {
4623 *d++ = *s;
4624 if (*s == NUL)
4625 break;
4626 }
4627 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4628 {
4629 *d++ = *s;
4630 skip = FALSE;
4631 }
4632 else if (!skip)
4633 {
4634 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4635 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4636 skip = TRUE;
4637# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4638 if (has_mbyte)
4639 {
4640 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4641
4642 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004643 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004644 }
4645# endif
4646 }
4647 }
4648}
4649#endif
4650
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004651/*
4652 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4653 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4654 * "fname" must be writable!.
4655 */
4656 int
4657dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4658 char_u *fname;
4659{
4660 char_u *p;
4661 int c;
4662 int retval;
4663
4664 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4665 if (p == fname)
4666 return TRUE;
4667 c = *p;
4668 *p = NUL;
4669 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4670 *p = c;
4671 return retval;
4672}
4673
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004674#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4675 || defined(PROTO)
4676/*
4677 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4678 */
4679 int
4680vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4681 char_u *x, *y;
4682{
4683 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4684}
4685
4686 int
4687vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4688 char_u *x, *y;
4689 size_t len;
4690{
4691 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4692 {
4693 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4694 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4695 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4696 break;
4697 ++x;
4698 ++y;
4699 --len;
4700 }
4701 if (len == 0)
4702 return 0;
4703 return (*x - *y);
4704}
4705#endif
4706
4707/*
4708 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004709 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004710 */
4711 char_u *
4712concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4713 char_u *fname1;
4714 char_u *fname2;
4715 int sep;
4716{
4717 char_u *dest;
4718
4719 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4720 if (dest != NULL)
4721 {
4722 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4723 if (sep)
4724 add_pathsep(dest);
4725 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4726 }
4727 return dest;
4728}
4729
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004730/*
4731 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4732 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4733 */
4734 char_u *
4735concat_str(str1, str2)
4736 char_u *str1;
4737 char_u *str2;
4738{
4739 char_u *dest;
4740 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4741
4742 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4743 if (dest != NULL)
4744 {
4745 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4746 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4747 }
4748 return dest;
4749}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004750
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004751/*
4752 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4753 * separator.
4754 */
4755 void
4756add_pathsep(p)
4757 char_u *p;
4758{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004759 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004760 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4761}
4762
4763/*
4764 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4765 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4766 */
4767 char_u *
4768FullName_save(fname, force)
4769 char_u *fname;
4770 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4771 like a full path name */
4772{
4773 char_u *buf;
4774 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4775
4776 if (fname == NULL)
4777 return NULL;
4778
4779 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4780 if (buf != NULL)
4781 {
4782 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4783 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4784 else
4785 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4786 vim_free(buf);
4787 }
4788 return new_fname;
4789}
4790
4791#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4792
4793static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4794
4795/*
4796 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4797 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4798 */
4799 pos_T *
4800find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4801 int ind_maxcomment;
4802{
4803 pos_T *pos;
4804 char_u *line;
4805 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004806 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004807
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004808 for (;;)
4809 {
4810 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4811 if (pos == NULL)
4812 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004813
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004814 /*
4815 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4816 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4817 */
4818 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004819 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004820 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004821 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004822 break;
4823 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4824 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4825 {
4826 pos = NULL;
4827 break;
4828 }
4829 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004830 return pos;
4831}
4832
4833/*
4834 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4835 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4836 */
4837 static char_u *
4838skip_string(p)
4839 char_u *p;
4840{
4841 int i;
4842
4843 /*
4844 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4845 */
4846 for ( ; ; ++p)
4847 {
4848 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4849 {
4850 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4851 break;
4852 i = 2;
4853 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4854 {
4855 ++i;
4856 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4857 ++i;
4858 }
4859 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4860 {
4861 p += i;
4862 continue;
4863 }
4864 }
4865 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4866 {
4867 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4868 {
4869 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4870 ++p;
4871 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4872 break;
4873 }
4874 if (p[0] == '"')
4875 continue;
4876 }
4877 break; /* no string found */
4878 }
4879 if (!*p)
4880 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4881 return p;
4882}
4883#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4884
4885#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4886
4887/*
4888 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4889 */
4890 void
4891do_c_expr_indent()
4892{
4893# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4894 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4895 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4896 else
4897# endif
4898 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4899}
4900
4901/*
4902 * Functions for C-indenting.
4903 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4904 */
4905/*
4906 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4907 */
4908
4909static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4910static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4911static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4912static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4913static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4914static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4915static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4916static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4917static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4918static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4919static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4920static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4921static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4922static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4923static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4924static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4925static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4926static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4927static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4928static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4929static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004930static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004931static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004932static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004933static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004934static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4935static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4936static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4937static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4938static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4939static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4940static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4941
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004942static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4943
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004944/*
4945 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004946 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004947 */
4948 static char_u *
4949cin_skipcomment(s)
4950 char_u *s;
4951{
4952 while (*s)
4953 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004954 char_u *prev_s = s;
4955
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004956 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004957
4958 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4959 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4960 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4961 {
4962 s += STRLEN(s);
4963 break;
4964 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004965 if (*s != '/')
4966 break;
4967 ++s;
4968 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4969 {
4970 s += STRLEN(s);
4971 break;
4972 }
4973 if (*s != '*')
4974 break;
4975 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4976 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4977 {
4978 s += 2;
4979 break;
4980 }
4981 }
4982 return s;
4983}
4984
4985/*
4986 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4987 * not considered code.
4988 */
4989 static int
4990cin_nocode(s)
4991 char_u *s;
4992{
4993 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4994}
4995
4996/*
4997 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4998 */
4999 static pos_T *
5000find_line_comment() /* XXX */
5001{
5002 static pos_T pos;
5003 char_u *line;
5004 char_u *p;
5005
5006 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
5007 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
5008 {
5009 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
5010 p = skipwhite(line);
5011 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
5012 {
5013 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
5014 return &pos;
5015 }
5016 if (*p != NUL)
5017 break;
5018 }
5019 return NULL;
5020}
5021
5022/*
5023 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
5024 */
5025 static int
5026cin_islabel_skip(s)
5027 char_u **s;
5028{
5029 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
5030 return FALSE;
5031
5032 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
5033 (*s)++;
5034
5035 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
5036
5037 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
5038 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
5039}
5040
5041/*
5042 * Recognize a label: "label:".
5043 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
5044 */
5045 int
5046cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5047 int ind_maxcomment;
5048{
5049 char_u *s;
5050
5051 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5052
5053 /*
5054 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
5055 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
5056 */
5057 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5058 return FALSE;
5059 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
5060 return FALSE;
5061
5062 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5063 {
5064 /*
5065 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5066 * label.
5067 */
5068 pos_T cursor_save;
5069 pos_T *trypos;
5070 char_u *line;
5071
5072 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5073 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5074 {
5075 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5076
5077 /*
5078 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5079 */
5080 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5081 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5082 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5083
5084 line = ml_get_curline();
5085 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5086 continue;
5087 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5088 continue;
5089
5090 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5091 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5092 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005093 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005094 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5095 return TRUE;
5096 return FALSE;
5097 }
5098 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5099 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5100 }
5101 return FALSE;
5102}
5103
5104/*
5105 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5106 * Q&D-Implementation:
5107 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5108 */
5109 static int
5110cin_isinit(void)
5111{
5112 char_u *s;
5113
5114 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5115
5116 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5117 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5118
5119 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5120 return TRUE;
5121
5122 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5123 return TRUE;
5124
5125 return FALSE;
5126}
5127
5128/*
5129 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5130 */
5131 int
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005132cin_iscase(s, strict)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005133 char_u *s;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005134 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005135{
5136 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5137 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5138 {
5139 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5140 {
5141 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5142 if (*s == ':')
5143 {
5144 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5145 ++s;
5146 else
5147 return TRUE;
5148 }
5149 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005150 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005151 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5152 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5153 else if (*s == '"')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005154 {
5155 /* JS etc. */
5156 if (strict)
5157 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5158 else
5159 return TRUE;
5160 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005161 }
5162 return FALSE;
5163 }
5164
5165 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5166 return TRUE;
5167 return FALSE;
5168}
5169
5170/*
5171 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5172 */
5173 static int
5174cin_isdefault(s)
5175 char_u *s;
5176{
5177 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5178 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5179 && s[1] != ':');
5180}
5181
5182/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02005183 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005184 */
5185 int
5186cin_isscopedecl(s)
5187 char_u *s;
5188{
5189 int i;
5190
5191 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5192 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5193 i = 6;
5194 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5195 i = 9;
5196 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5197 i = 7;
5198 else
5199 return FALSE;
5200 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5201}
5202
5203/*
5204 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5205 * Return NULL if not found.
5206 * case 234: a = b;
5207 * ^
5208 */
5209 static char_u *
5210after_label(l)
5211 char_u *l;
5212{
5213 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5214 {
5215 if (*l == ':')
5216 {
5217 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5218 ++l;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005219 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005220 break;
5221 }
5222 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5223 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5224 }
5225 if (*l == NUL)
5226 return NULL;
5227 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5228 if (*l == NUL)
5229 return NULL;
5230 return l;
5231}
5232
5233/*
5234 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5235 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5236 */
5237 static int
5238get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5239 linenr_T lnum;
5240{
5241 char_u *l;
5242 pos_T fp;
5243 colnr_T col;
5244 char_u *p;
5245
5246 l = ml_get(lnum);
5247 p = after_label(l);
5248 if (p == NULL)
5249 return 0;
5250
5251 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5252 fp.lnum = lnum;
5253 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5254 return (int)col;
5255}
5256
5257/*
5258 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005259 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005260 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5261 * ^
5262 */
5263 static int
5264skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5265 linenr_T lnum;
5266 char_u **pp;
5267 int ind_maxcomment;
5268{
5269 char_u *l;
5270 int amount;
5271 pos_T cursor_save;
5272
5273 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5274 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5275 l = ml_get_curline();
5276 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005277 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)
5278 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005279 {
5280 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5281 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5282 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5283 l = ml_get_curline();
5284 }
5285 else
5286 {
5287 amount = get_indent();
5288 l = ml_get_curline();
5289 }
5290 *pp = l;
5291
5292 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5293 return amount;
5294}
5295
5296/*
5297 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5298 * int a, indent of "a"
5299 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5300 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5301 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5302 */
5303 static int
5304cin_first_id_amount()
5305{
5306 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5307 int len;
5308 pos_T fp;
5309 colnr_T col;
5310
5311 line = ml_get_curline();
5312 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005313 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005314 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5315 {
5316 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005317 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005318 }
5319 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5320 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5321 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5322 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5323 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5324 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5325 {
5326 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5327 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5328 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5329 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5330 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5331 p = s;
5332 }
5333 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5334 ;
5335 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5336 return 0;
5337
5338 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5339 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5340 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5341 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5342 return (int)col;
5343}
5344
5345/*
5346 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5347 * char *foo = "here";
5348 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5349 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5350 * foo = "asdf\
5351 * asdf\
5352 * here";
5353 */
5354 static int
5355cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5356 linenr_T lnum;
5357{
5358 char_u *line;
5359 char_u *s;
5360 colnr_T col;
5361 pos_T fp;
5362
5363 if (lnum > 1)
5364 {
5365 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5366 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5367 return -1;
5368 }
5369
5370 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5371 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5372 {
5373 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5374 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5375 else
5376 ++s;
5377 }
5378 if (*s != '=')
5379 return 0;
5380
5381 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5382 if (cin_nocode(s))
5383 return 0;
5384
5385 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5386 ++s;
5387
5388 fp.lnum = lnum;
5389 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5390 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5391 return (int)col;
5392}
5393
5394/*
5395 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5396 */
5397 static int
5398cin_ispreproc(s)
5399 char_u *s;
5400{
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005401 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005402 return TRUE;
5403 return FALSE;
5404}
5405
5406/*
5407 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5408 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5409 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5410 */
5411 static int
5412cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5413 char_u **pp;
5414 linenr_T *lnump;
5415{
5416 char_u *line = *pp;
5417 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5418 int retval = FALSE;
5419
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005420 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005421 {
5422 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5423 {
5424 retval = TRUE;
5425 *lnump = lnum;
5426 break;
5427 }
5428 if (lnum == 1)
5429 break;
5430 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5431 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5432 break;
5433 }
5434
5435 if (lnum != *lnump)
5436 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5437 return retval;
5438}
5439
5440/*
5441 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5442 */
5443 static int
5444cin_iscomment(p)
5445 char_u *p;
5446{
5447 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5448}
5449
5450/*
5451 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5452 */
5453 static int
5454cin_islinecomment(p)
5455 char_u *p;
5456{
5457 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5458}
5459
5460/*
5461 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5462 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5463 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5464 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5465 */
5466 static int
5467cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5468 char_u *s;
5469 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5470 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5471{
5472 char_u found_start = 0;
5473
5474 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5475
5476 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5477 found_start = *s;
5478
5479 while (*s)
5480 {
5481 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5482 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5483 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5484 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5485 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5486 return *s;
5487
5488 if (*s)
5489 s++;
5490 }
5491 return found_start;
5492}
5493
5494/*
5495 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5496 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5497 * no semicolons anywhere.
5498 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5499 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5500 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5501 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5502 */
5503 static int
5504cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5505 char_u **sp;
5506 linenr_T first_lnum;
5507{
5508 char_u *s;
5509 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5510 int retval = FALSE;
5511
5512 if (sp == NULL)
5513 s = ml_get(lnum);
5514 else
5515 s = *sp;
5516
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005517 /* Ignore line starting with #. */
5518 if (cin_ispreproc(s))
5519 return FALSE;
5520
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005521 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5522 {
5523 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5524 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5525 else
5526 ++s;
5527 }
5528 if (*s != '(')
5529 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5530
5531 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5532 {
5533 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5534 {
5535 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5536 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5537 * #if defined(x) && \
5538 * defined(y)
5539 */
5540 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5541 s = ml_get(lnum);
5542 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5543 retval = TRUE;
5544 goto done;
5545 }
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005546 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005547 {
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005548 int comma = (*s == ',');
5549
5550 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line.
5551 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style:
5552 * func(arg1
5553 * , arg2) */
5554 for (;;)
5555 {
5556 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5557 break;
5558 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5559 if (!cin_ispreproc(s))
5560 break;
5561 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005562 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5563 break;
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005564 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the
5565 * start of next line. */
5566 s = skipwhite(s);
5567 if (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')
5568 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005569 }
5570 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5571 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5572 else
5573 ++s;
5574 }
5575
5576done:
5577 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5578 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5579
5580 return retval;
5581}
5582
5583 static int
5584cin_isif(p)
5585 char_u *p;
5586{
5587 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5588}
5589
5590 static int
5591cin_iselse(p)
5592 char_u *p;
5593{
5594 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5595 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5596 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5597}
5598
5599 static int
5600cin_isdo(p)
5601 char_u *p;
5602{
5603 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5604}
5605
5606/*
5607 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5608 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5609 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5610 */
5611 static int
5612cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5613 char_u *p;
5614 linenr_T lnum;
5615 int ind_maxparen;
5616{
5617 pos_T cursor_save;
5618 pos_T *trypos;
5619 int retval = FALSE;
5620
5621 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5622 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5623 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5624 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5625 {
5626 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5627 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5628 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5629 p = ml_get_curline();
5630 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5631 {
5632 ++p;
5633 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5634 }
5635 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5636 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5637 retval = TRUE;
5638 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5639 }
5640 return retval;
5641}
5642
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005643/*
5644 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5645 * do
5646 * nothing;
5647 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005648 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005649 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5650 */
5651 static int
5652cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5653 int terminated;
5654 int ind_maxparen;
5655 int ind_maxcomment;
5656{
5657 char_u *line;
5658 char_u *p;
5659 char_u *s;
5660 pos_T *trypos;
5661 int i;
5662
5663 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5664 return FALSE;
5665
5666 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5667 while (*p != NUL)
5668 {
5669 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5670 if (*p == ')')
5671 {
5672 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5673 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5674 {
5675 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5676 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005677 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005678 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5679 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5680 if (trypos != NULL)
5681 {
5682 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5683 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5684 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5685 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5686 {
5687 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5688 return TRUE;
5689 }
5690 }
5691
5692 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5693 line = ml_get_curline();
5694 p = line + i;
5695 }
5696 }
5697 if (*p != NUL)
5698 ++p;
5699 }
5700 return FALSE;
5701}
5702
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005703 static int
5704cin_isbreak(p)
5705 char_u *p;
5706{
5707 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5708}
5709
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005710/*
5711 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005712 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5713 *
5714 * class MyClass :
5715 * baseClass <-- here
5716 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5717 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5718 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5719 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005720 *
5721 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005722 */
5723 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005724cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005725 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005726{
5727 char_u *s;
5728 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005729 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005730 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005731
5732 *col = 0;
5733
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005734 s = skipwhite(line);
5735 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5736 return FALSE;
5737 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005738 if (*s == NUL)
5739 return FALSE;
5740
5741 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5742
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005743 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5744 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5745 * a = cond ?
5746 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005747 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005748 * func::foo()
5749 * : something
5750 * {}
5751 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5752 * : something(4),
5753 * somethingelse(3)
5754 * {}
5755 */
5756 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005757 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005758 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5759 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005760 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5761 break;
5762 while (*s != NUL)
5763 {
5764 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5765 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5766 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5767 break;
5768 if (*s != NUL)
5769 ++s;
5770 }
5771 if (*s != NUL)
5772 break;
5773 --lnum;
5774 }
5775
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005776 line = ml_get(lnum);
5777 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005778 for (;;)
5779 {
5780 if (*s == NUL)
5781 {
5782 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5783 break;
5784 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005785 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5786 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5787 if (*s == NUL)
5788 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005789 }
5790
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005791 if (s[0] == ':')
5792 {
5793 if (s[1] == ':')
5794 {
5795 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5796 * initialization any more */
5797 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5798 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5799 }
5800 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5801 {
5802 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005803 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005804 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5805 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5806 *col = 0;
5807 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5808 }
5809 else
5810 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5811 }
5812 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5813 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5814 {
5815 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5816 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5817
5818 if (*s == 'c')
5819 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5820 else
5821 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5822 }
5823 else
5824 {
5825 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5826 {
5827 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5828 }
5829 else if (s[0] == ')')
5830 {
5831 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5832 * something like "):" */
5833 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5834 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5835 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005836 else if (s[0] == '?')
5837 {
5838 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5839 return FALSE;
5840 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005841 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5842 {
5843 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5844 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5845 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5846 }
5847 else if (*col == 0)
5848 {
5849 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5850 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5851
5852 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005853 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005854 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5855 }
5856
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005857 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5858 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5859 *col = 0;
5860
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005861 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5862 }
5863 }
5864
5865 return cpp_base_class;
5866}
5867
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005868 static int
5869get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5870 int col;
5871 int ind_maxparen;
5872 int ind_maxcomment;
5873 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5874{
5875 int amount;
5876 colnr_T vcol;
5877 pos_T *trypos;
5878
5879 if (col == 0)
5880 {
5881 amount = get_indent();
5882 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5883 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5884 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5885 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5886 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5887 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5888 }
5889 else
5890 {
5891 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5892 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5893 amount = (int)vcol;
5894 }
5895 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5896 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5897 return amount;
5898}
5899
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005900/*
5901 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5902 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5903 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5904 */
5905 static int
5906cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5907 char_u *s;
5908 char_u *find;
5909 char_u *ignore;
5910{
5911 char_u *p = s;
5912 char_u *r;
5913 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5914
5915 while (*p != NUL)
5916 {
5917 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5918 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5919 {
5920 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5921 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5922 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5923 if (cin_nocode(r))
5924 return TRUE;
5925 }
5926 if (*p != NUL)
5927 ++p;
5928 }
5929 return FALSE;
5930}
5931
5932/*
5933 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5934 * Return the column found.
5935 */
5936 static int
5937cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5938 pos_T *trypos;
5939{
5940 char_u *line;
5941 char_u *p;
5942
5943 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5944 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5945 {
5946 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5947 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5948 else
5949 {
5950 p = skip_string(p);
5951 ++p;
5952 }
5953 }
5954 return (int)(p - line);
5955}
5956
5957/*
5958 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5959 * Return NULL if no match found.
5960 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5961 * work. */
5962/* foo() */
5963/* { */
5964/* } */
5965
5966 static pos_T *
5967find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5968 int ind_maxcomment;
5969{
5970 pos_T cursor_save;
5971 pos_T *trypos;
5972 pos_T *pos;
5973 static pos_T pos_copy;
5974
5975 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5976 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5977 {
5978 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5979 trypos = &pos_copy;
5980 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5981 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005982 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005983 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5984 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5985 break;
5986 if (pos != NULL)
5987 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5988 }
5989 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5990 return trypos;
5991}
5992
5993/*
5994 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5995 * Return NULL of no match found.
5996 */
5997 static pos_T *
5998find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5999 int ind_maxparen;
6000 int ind_maxcomment;
6001{
6002 pos_T cursor_save;
6003 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006004 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006005
6006 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
6007 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
6008 {
6009 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
6010 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
6011 trypos = NULL;
6012 else
6013 {
6014 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
6015 trypos = &pos_copy;
6016 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
6017 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
6018 trypos = NULL;
6019 }
6020 }
6021 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
6022 return trypos;
6023}
6024
6025/*
6026 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
6027 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
6028 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
6029 * looking a few lines further.
6030 */
6031 static int
6032corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
6033 int ind_maxparen;
6034 pos_T *startpos;
6035{
6036 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6037
6038 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
6039 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
6040 return ind_maxparen;
6041}
6042
6043/*
6044 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
6045 * line "l".
6046 */
6047 static int
6048find_last_paren(l, start, end)
6049 char_u *l;
6050 int start, end;
6051{
6052 int i;
6053 int retval = FALSE;
6054 int open_count = 0;
6055
6056 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
6057
6058 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
6059 {
6060 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
6061 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
6062 if (l[i] == start)
6063 ++open_count;
6064 else if (l[i] == end)
6065 {
6066 if (open_count > 0)
6067 --open_count;
6068 else
6069 {
6070 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
6071 retval = TRUE;
6072 }
6073 }
6074 }
6075 return retval;
6076}
6077
6078 int
6079get_c_indent()
6080{
6081 /*
6082 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
6083 * block should be
6084 */
6085 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6086
6087 /*
6088 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6089 * line is imagined to be.
6090 */
6091 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6092
6093 /*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02006094 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006095 * an opening brace.
6096 */
6097 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6098
6099 /*
6100 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6101 */
6102 int ind_first_open = 0;
6103
6104 /*
6105 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6106 * located
6107 */
6108 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6109
6110 /*
6111 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6112 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6113 * brace should be located
6114 */
6115 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6116
6117 /*
6118 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6119 * column is imagined to be
6120 */
6121 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6122
6123 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006124 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative,
6125 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1.
6126 */
6127 int ind_jump_label = -1;
6128
6129 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006130 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6131 */
6132 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6133
6134 /*
6135 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6136 */
6137 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6138
6139 /*
6140 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6141 */
6142 int ind_case_break = 0;
6143
6144 /*
6145 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6146 * should be located
6147 */
6148 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6149
6150 /*
6151 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6152 */
6153 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6154
6155 /*
6156 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6157 */
6158 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6159
6160 /*
6161 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6162 */
6163 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6164
6165 /*
6166 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6167 * should be indented
6168 */
6169 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6170
6171 /*
6172 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6173 * should be located
6174 */
6175 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6176
6177 /*
6178 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6179 */
6180 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6181
6182 /*
6183 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6184 * itself is also unclosed
6185 */
6186 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6187
6188 /*
6189 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6190 * unclosed parentheses.
6191 */
6192 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6193
6194 /*
6195 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6196 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6197 * context (for very long lines).
6198 */
6199 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6200
6201 /*
6202 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6203 * an unclosed parentheses.
6204 */
6205 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6206
6207 /*
6208 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6209 * opening parentheses.
6210 */
6211 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6212
6213 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006214 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6215 */
6216 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6217
6218 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006219 * Extra indent for comments.
6220 */
6221 int ind_comment = 0;
6222
6223 /*
6224 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6225 */
6226 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6227
6228 /*
6229 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6230 * after the comment opener.
6231 */
6232 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6233
6234 /*
6235 * max lines to search for an open paren
6236 */
6237 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6238
6239 /*
6240 * max lines to search for an open comment
6241 */
6242 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6243
6244 /*
6245 * handle braces for java code
6246 */
6247 int ind_java = 0;
6248
6249 /*
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006250 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels
6251 */
6252 int ind_js = 0;
6253
6254 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006255 * handle blocked cases correctly
6256 */
6257 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6258
6259 pos_T cur_curpos;
6260 int amount;
6261 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006262 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006263 colnr_T col;
6264 char_u *theline;
6265 char_u *linecopy;
6266 pos_T *trypos;
6267 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6268 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6269 char_u *start;
6270 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006271#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006272#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6273#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6274 linenr_T ourscope;
6275 char_u *l;
6276 char_u *look;
6277 char_u terminated;
6278 int lookfor;
6279#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6280#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6281#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6282#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6283#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6284#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6285#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6286#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6287#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6288#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6289#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6290
6291 int whilelevel;
6292 linenr_T lnum;
6293 char_u *options;
6294 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6295 int divider;
6296 int n;
6297 int iscase;
6298 int lookfor_break;
6299 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006300 int original_line_islabel;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006301
6302 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6303 {
6304 l = options++;
6305 if (*options == '-')
6306 ++options;
6307 n = getdigits(&options);
6308 divider = 0;
6309 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6310 {
6311 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6312 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6313 {
6314 ++options;
6315 if (divider)
6316 divider *= 10;
6317 else
6318 divider = 10;
6319 }
6320 }
6321 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6322 {
6323 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6324 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6325 else
6326 {
6327 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6328 if (divider)
6329 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6330 }
6331 ++options;
6332 }
6333 if (l[1] == '-')
6334 n = -n;
6335 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006336 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006337 switch (*l)
6338 {
6339 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6340 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6341 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6342 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6343 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6344 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6345 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006346 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006347 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6348 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6349 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6350 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6351 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6352 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6353 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6354 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6355 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6356 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6357 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6358 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6359 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6360 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6361 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6362 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006363 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006364 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6365 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6366 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6367 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6368 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006369 case 'J': ind_js = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006370 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006371 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006372 }
Bram Moolenaardfdf3c42010-03-23 18:22:46 +01006373 if (*options == ',')
6374 ++options;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006375 }
6376
6377 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6378 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6379
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006380 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */
6381 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1)
6382 return 0;
6383
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006384 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6385 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6386 * ml_get is valid! */
6387 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6388 if (linecopy == NULL)
6389 return 0;
6390
6391 /*
6392 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6393 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6394 * inserting new stuff.
6395 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6396 * check for that.
6397 */
6398 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006399 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006400 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6401 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6402
6403 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6404
6405 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6406
6407 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6408
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006409 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
6410
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006411 /*
6412 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6413 */
6414 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6415 {
6416 amount = 0;
6417 }
6418
6419 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006420 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless:
6421 * - JS flag is set.
6422 * - 'L' item has a positive value.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006423 */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006424 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006425 {
6426 amount = 0;
6427 }
6428
6429 /*
6430 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6431 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6432 */
6433 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6434 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6435 {
6436 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6437 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6438 amount = col;
6439 }
6440
6441 /*
6442 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6443 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6444 */
6445 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6446 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6447 {
6448 int lead_start_len = 2;
6449 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6450 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6451 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6452 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6453 char_u *p;
6454 int start_align = 0;
6455 int start_off = 0;
6456 int done = FALSE;
6457
6458 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6459 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6460 amount = col;
Bram Moolenaar4aa97422011-04-11 14:27:38 +02006461 *lead_start = NUL;
6462 *lead_middle = NUL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006463
6464 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6465 while (*p != NUL)
6466 {
6467 int align = 0;
6468 int off = 0;
6469 int what = 0;
6470
6471 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6472 {
6473 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6474 what = *p++;
6475 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6476 align = *p++;
6477 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6478 off = getdigits(&p);
6479 else
6480 ++p;
6481 }
6482
6483 if (*p == ':')
6484 ++p;
6485 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6486 if (what == COM_START)
6487 {
6488 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6489 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6490 start_off = off;
6491 start_align = align;
6492 }
6493 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6494 {
6495 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6496 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6497 }
6498 else if (what == COM_END)
6499 {
6500 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6501 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6502 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6503 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6504 {
6505 done = TRUE;
6506 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6507 {
6508 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006509 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006510 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6511 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6512 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6513 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6514 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6515 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6516 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6517 {
6518 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6519 break;
6520 }
6521 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6522 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6523 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6524 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6525 continue;
6526 }
6527 if (start_off != 0)
6528 amount += start_off;
6529 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006530 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6531 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006532 break;
6533 }
6534
6535 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6536 * with the middle comment */
6537 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6538 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6539 {
6540 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6541 /* XXX */
6542 if (off != 0)
6543 amount += off;
6544 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006545 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6546 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006547 done = TRUE;
6548 break;
6549 }
6550 }
6551 }
6552
6553 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6554 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6555 * with the first character of the comment text.
6556 */
6557 if (done)
6558 ;
6559 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6560 amount += 1;
6561 else
6562 {
6563 /*
6564 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6565 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6566 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6567 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6568 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6569 */
6570 amount = -1;
6571 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6572 {
6573 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6574 continue;
6575 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6576 break;
6577 }
6578 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6579 {
6580 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6581 {
6582 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6583 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6584 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6585 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6586 }
6587 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6588 amount = col;
6589 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6590 amount += ind_in_comment;
6591 }
6592 }
6593 }
6594
6595 /*
6596 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6597 */ /* XXX */
6598 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6599 && ind_java == 0)
6600 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6601 || trypos != NULL)
6602 {
6603 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6604 {
6605 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6606 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6607 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6608 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6609 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6610 trypos = NULL;
6611 else
6612 tryposBrace = NULL;
6613 }
6614
6615 if (trypos != NULL)
6616 {
6617 /*
6618 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6619 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6620 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006621 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006622 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006623 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6624 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6625 }
6626 else
6627 {
6628 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006629 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6630 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006631 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006632 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6633 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6634 continue;
6635 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6636 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6637 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006638
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006639 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6640 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6641 {
6642 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6643 continue;
6644 }
6645
6646 /* XXX */
6647 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6648 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006649 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006650 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6651 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6652 {
6653 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006654
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006655 if (theline[0] == ')')
6656 {
6657 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6658 && cur_amount > amount)
6659 cur_amount = amount;
6660 amount = -1;
6661 }
6662 break;
6663 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006664 }
6665 }
6666
6667 /*
6668 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6669 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6670 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6671 */
6672 if (amount == -1)
6673 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006674 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6675
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006676 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006677 look = skipwhite(look);
6678 if (*look == '(')
6679 {
6680 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6681 char_u *line;
6682 int look_col;
6683
6684 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6685 * our matching '('. */
6686 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6687 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006688 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006689 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6690 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6691 != NULL
6692 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6693 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6694 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6695
6696 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6697 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6698 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006699 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006700 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6701 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006702 {
6703 /*
6704 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6705 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6706 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6707 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6708 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6709 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6710 * lines).
6711 */
6712 if (theline[0] != ')')
6713 {
6714 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6715 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6716 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6717 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6718 {
6719 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6720 * for each additional level */
6721 n = 1;
6722 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6723 {
6724 switch (l[col])
6725 {
6726 case '(':
6727 case '{': ++n;
6728 break;
6729
6730 case ')':
6731 case '}': if (n > 1)
6732 --n;
6733 break;
6734 }
6735 }
6736
6737 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6738 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6739 }
6740 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6741 our_paren_pos.col++;
6742 else
6743 {
6744 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6745 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6746 col++;
6747 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6748 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6749 else
6750 our_paren_pos.col++;
6751 }
6752 }
6753
6754 /*
6755 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6756 * if we did the above "if".
6757 */
6758 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6759 {
6760 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6761 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6762 cur_amount = col;
6763 }
6764 }
6765
6766 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6767 {
6768 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6769 }
6770 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006771 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006772 {
6773 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6774 amount = cur_amount;
6775 }
6776 else
6777 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006778 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6779 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006780 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006781 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006782 {
6783 --our_paren_pos.col;
6784 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6785 {
6786 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6787 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6788 break;
6789 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6790 col = MAXCOL;
6791 break;
6792 }
6793 }
6794
6795 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6796 * braces */
6797 if (col == MAXCOL)
6798 amount += ind_unclosed;
6799 else
6800 {
6801 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6802 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
Bram Moolenaar367bec82011-04-11 14:26:19 +02006803 if (find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006804 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6805 else
6806 amount += ind_unclosed;
6807 }
6808 /*
6809 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6810 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6811 * lines:
6812 * func_long_name( if (x
6813 * arg && yy
6814 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6815 */
6816 if (cur_amount < amount)
6817 amount = cur_amount;
6818 }
6819 }
6820
6821 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6822 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6823 amount += ind_comment;
6824 }
6825
6826 /*
6827 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6828 */
6829 else
6830 {
6831 trypos = tryposBrace;
6832
6833 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6834 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6835
6836 /*
6837 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6838 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6839 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6840 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6841 */
6842 look = skipwhite(start);
6843 if (*look == '{')
6844 {
6845 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6846 amount = col;
6847 if (*start == '{')
6848 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6849 else
6850 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6851 }
6852 else
6853 {
6854 /*
6855 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6856 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6857 */
6858 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6859
6860 /*
6861 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6862 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6863 */
6864 lnum = ourscope;
6865 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6866 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6867 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6868 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6869
6870 /*
6871 * It could have been something like
6872 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6873 * ldfd) {
6874 * }
6875 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006876 if ((ind_keep_case_label
6877 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006878 amount = get_indent();
6879 else
6880 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6881
6882 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6883 }
6884
6885 /*
6886 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6887 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6888 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6889 */
6890 if (theline[0] == '}')
6891 {
6892 /*
6893 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6894 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6895 */
6896 amount += ind_close_extra;
6897 }
6898 else
6899 {
6900 /*
6901 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6902 * to match it with.
6903 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6904 * to match it with.
6905 */
6906 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6907 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6908 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6909 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6910 /* XXX */
6911 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6912 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6913 {
6914 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6915 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6916 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6917 {
6918 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6919 goto theend;
6920 }
6921 }
6922
6923 /*
6924 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6925 * failed to find a matching "if").
6926 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6927 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6928 */
6929
6930 /*
6931 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6932 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6933 * location for ind_open_extra.
6934 */
6935
6936 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6937 {
6938 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6939 }
6940 else
6941 {
6942 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6943 amount += ind_open_imag;
6944 else
6945 {
6946 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6947 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6948 if (amount < 0)
6949 amount = 0;
6950 }
6951 }
6952
6953 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6954
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006955 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006956 {
6957 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6958 amount += ind_case;
6959 }
6960 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6961 {
6962 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6963 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6964 }
6965 else
6966 {
6967 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6968 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6969
6970 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6971 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6972 }
6973 scope_amount = amount;
6974 whilelevel = 0;
6975
6976 /*
6977 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6978 * with that.
6979 *
6980 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6981 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6982 * that opens the block.
6983 */
6984 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6985 for (;;)
6986 {
6987 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6988 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6989
6990 /*
6991 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6992 * up with it.
6993 */
6994 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6995 {
6996 /* we reached end of scope:
6997 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6998 * go further back:
6999 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
7000 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
7001 * declaration:
7002 * int x,
7003 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
7004 */
7005 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7006 {
7007 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
7008 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
7009 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
7010 {
7011 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
7012 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
7013 * initialization) */
7014 if (cont_amount > 0)
7015 amount = cont_amount;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007016 else if (!ind_js)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007017 amount += ind_continuation;
7018 break;
7019 }
7020
7021 l = ml_get_curline();
7022
7023 /*
7024 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
7025 * comment.
7026 */
7027 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
7028 if (trypos != NULL)
7029 {
7030 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007031 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007032 continue;
7033 }
7034
7035 /*
7036 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7037 */
7038 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7039 continue;
7040
7041 if (cin_nocode(l))
7042 continue;
7043
7044 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7045
7046 /*
7047 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
7048 * function declaration, we are done
7049 * (it's a variable declaration).
7050 */
7051 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
7052 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7053 {
7054 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
7055 * it is a continued variable initialization.
7056 * don't add extra indent.
7057 * TODO: does not work, if a function
7058 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
7059 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
7060 */
7061 if (terminated == ',')
7062 break;
7063
7064 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
7065 * we are done.
7066 */
7067 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
7068 break;
7069
7070 /* nothing useful found */
7071 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
7072 continue;
7073 }
7074
7075 if (terminated != ';')
7076 {
7077 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
7078 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
7079 * will take us back to the start of the line.
7080 */ /* XXX */
7081 trypos = NULL;
7082 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
7083 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7084 ind_maxcomment);
7085
7086 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
7087 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7088
7089 if (trypos != NULL)
7090 {
7091 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007092 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007093 continue;
7094 }
7095 }
7096
7097 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
7098 * like in
7099 * int a,
7100 * b;
7101 */
7102 if (cont_amount > 0)
7103 amount = cont_amount;
7104 else
7105 amount += ind_continuation;
7106 }
7107 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7108 {
7109 if (cont_amount > 0)
7110 amount = cont_amount;
7111 else
7112 amount += ind_continuation;
7113 }
7114 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7115 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7116 {
7117 amount = scope_amount;
7118 if (theline[0] == '{')
7119 amount += ind_open_extra;
7120 }
7121 break;
7122 }
7123
7124 /*
7125 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7126 */ /* XXX */
7127 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7128 {
7129 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007130 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007131 continue;
7132 }
7133
7134 l = ml_get_curline();
7135
7136 /*
7137 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007138 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007139 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007140 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007141 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7142 {
7143 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7144 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7145 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7146 break;
7147
7148 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7149 * labels. */
7150 if (whilelevel > 0)
7151 continue;
7152
7153 /*
7154 * case xx:
7155 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7156 *-> here;
7157 */
7158 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7159 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7160 {
7161 if (cont_amount > 0)
7162 amount = cont_amount;
7163 else
7164 amount += ind_continuation;
7165 break;
7166 }
7167
7168 /*
7169 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7170 * x = 333;
7171 * case yy:
7172 */
7173 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7174 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7175 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7176 {
7177 /*
7178 * Check that this case label is not for another
7179 * switch()
7180 */ /* XXX */
7181 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7182 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7183 {
7184 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7185 break;
7186 }
7187 continue;
7188 }
7189
7190 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7191
7192 /*
7193 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7194 * y = y + 1;
7195 * -> s = 99;
7196 *
7197 * case xx:
7198 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7199 * y = y + 1;
7200 * -> s = 99;
7201 */
7202 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7203 {
7204 if (n)
7205 amount = n;
7206
7207 if (!lookfor_break)
7208 break;
7209 }
7210
7211 /*
7212 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7213 * -> y = y + 1;
7214 *
7215 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7216 * -> y = y + 1;
7217 */
7218 if (n)
7219 {
7220 amount = n;
7221 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7222 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007223 {
7224 if (theline[0] == '{')
7225 amount += ind_open_extra;
7226 else
7227 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7228 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007229 break;
7230 }
7231
7232 /*
7233 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7234 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7235 * switch label.
7236 * break; <- may line up with this line
7237 * case xx:
7238 * -> y = 1;
7239 */
7240 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7241 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7242 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7243 continue;
7244 }
7245
7246 /*
7247 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7248 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7249 */
7250 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7251 {
7252 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7253 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007254 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007256 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7257 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007258 continue;
7259 }
7260
7261 /*
7262 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7263 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007264 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007265 {
7266 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7267 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7268 continue;
7269 }
7270
7271 /*
7272 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7273 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7274 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7275 * unlocked it)
7276 */
7277 l = ml_get_curline();
7278 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7279 || cin_nocode(l))
7280 continue;
7281
7282 /*
7283 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7284 * constructor initialization?
7285 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007286 n = FALSE;
7287 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7288 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007289 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007290 l = ml_get_curline();
7291 }
7292 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007293 {
7294 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7295 {
7296 if (cont_amount > 0)
7297 amount = cont_amount;
7298 else
7299 amount += ind_continuation;
7300 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007301 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007302 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007303 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7304 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7305 ind_continuation = 0;
7306 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007307 }
7308 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007309 /* XXX */
7310 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7311 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007312 break;
7313 }
7314 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7315 {
7316 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007317 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7318 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007319 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7320 break;
7321 else
7322 continue;
7323 }
7324
7325 /*
7326 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7327 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007328 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007329 * 123,
7330 * sizeof
7331 * here
7332 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7333 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7334 * (indented).
7335 */
7336 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7337
7338 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7339 && terminated == ','))
7340 {
7341 /*
7342 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7343 * go back to the line that starts it so
7344 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7345 * if ( foo &&
7346 * bar )
7347 */
7348 /*
7349 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7350 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7351 */
7352 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7353 trypos = find_match_paren(
7354 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7355 ind_maxcomment);
7356
7357 /*
7358 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7359 * braces.
7360 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007361 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7362 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007363 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7364
7365 if (trypos != NULL)
7366 {
7367 /*
7368 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7369 * handled above.
7370 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7371 * asdf)
7372 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007373 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007374 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007375 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007376 {
7377 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007378 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007379 continue;
7380 }
7381 }
7382
7383 /*
7384 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7385 * indent from
7386 * char *usethis = "bla\
7387 * bla",
7388 * here;
7389 */
7390 if (terminated == ',')
7391 {
7392 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7393 {
7394 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7395 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7396 break;
7397 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007398 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007399 }
7400 }
7401
7402 /*
7403 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7404 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7405 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007406 if (!ind_js)
7407 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007408 &l, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007409 else
7410 cur_amount = get_indent();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007411 /*
7412 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7413 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7414 * while (not)
7415 * -> {
7416 * }
7417 */
7418 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7419 && theline[0] == '{')
7420 {
7421 amount = cur_amount;
7422 /*
7423 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7424 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7425 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7426 * { 1, 2 },
7427 * -> { 3, 4 }
7428 */
7429 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7430 amount += ind_open_extra;
7431
7432 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7433 {
7434 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7435 * class declaration or initialization */
7436 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7437 continue;
7438 }
7439 break;
7440 }
7441
7442 /*
7443 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7444 * Also allow " } else".
7445 */
7446 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7447 {
7448 /*
7449 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7450 * with the last one.
7451 * if (cond)
7452 * 100 +
7453 * -> here;
7454 */
7455 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7456 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7457 {
7458 if (cont_amount > 0)
7459 amount = cont_amount;
7460 else
7461 amount += ind_continuation;
7462 break;
7463 }
7464
7465 /*
7466 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7467 * are finished.
7468 * while (not)
7469 * -> here;
7470 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7471 * before this is terminated.
7472 * yyy;
7473 * if (stat)
7474 * while (not)
7475 * xxx;
7476 * -> here;
7477 */
7478 amount = cur_amount;
7479 if (theline[0] == '{')
7480 amount += ind_open_extra;
7481 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7482 {
7483 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7484 break;
7485 }
7486
7487 /*
7488 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7489 * do, line up with the while()
7490 * do
7491 * x = 1;
7492 * -> here
7493 */
7494 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7495 if (cin_isdo(l))
7496 {
7497 if (whilelevel == 0)
7498 break;
7499 --whilelevel;
7500 }
7501
7502 /*
7503 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7504 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7505 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7506 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7507 */
7508 if (cin_iselse(l)
7509 && whilelevel == 0
7510 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7511 == NULL
7512 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7513 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7514 break;
7515 }
7516
7517 /*
7518 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7519 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007520 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007521 * the line before this one.
7522 */
7523 else
7524 {
7525 /*
7526 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7527 * the last one.
7528 * c = 99 +
7529 * 100 +
7530 * -> here;
7531 */
7532 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7533 {
7534 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7535 if (terminated == ',')
7536 amount += ind_continuation;
7537 break;
7538 }
7539
7540 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7541 {
7542 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7543 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7544 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7545 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7546 * enumerations/initializations. */
7547 if (terminated == ',')
7548 {
7549 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7550 break;
7551
7552 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7553 continue;
7554 }
7555
7556 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7557 * reduce indent. */
7558 if (amount > cur_amount)
7559 amount = cur_amount;
7560 }
7561 else
7562 {
7563 /*
7564 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7565 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7566 * 100 +
7567 * -> here;
7568 */
7569 amount = cur_amount;
7570
7571 /*
7572 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7573 * are in an initialization or enum
7574 * struct xxx =
7575 * {
7576 * sizeof a,
7577 * 124 };
7578 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7579 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7580 * yet.
7581 */
7582 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7583 {
7584 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7585 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7586 }
7587 else
7588 {
7589 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7590 && *l != NUL
7591 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7592 /* XXX */
7593 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7594 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7595 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7596 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7597 }
7598 }
7599 }
7600 }
7601
7602 /*
7603 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7604 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7605 */
7606 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007607 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7608 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007609 {
7610 /*
7611 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7612 * with the last one.
7613 * while (cond);
7614 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7615 * -> here;
7616 */
7617 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7618 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7619 {
7620 if (cont_amount > 0)
7621 amount = cont_amount;
7622 else
7623 amount += ind_continuation;
7624 break;
7625 }
7626
7627 if (whilelevel == 0)
7628 {
7629 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7630 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7631 if (theline[0] == '{')
7632 amount += ind_open_extra;
7633 }
7634 ++whilelevel;
7635 }
7636
7637 /*
7638 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7639 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7640 * indent of that other statement.
7641 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7642 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7643 */
7644 else
7645 {
7646 /*
7647 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7648 * may be lined up with the case label.
7649 */
7650 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7651 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7652 {
7653 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7654 continue;
7655 }
7656
7657 /*
7658 * Handle "do {" line.
7659 */
7660 if (whilelevel > 0)
7661 {
7662 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7663 if (cin_isdo(l))
7664 {
7665 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7666 --whilelevel;
7667 continue;
7668 }
7669 }
7670
7671 /*
7672 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7673 * the amount for a continuation line.
7674 * x = 1;
7675 * y = foo +
7676 * -> here;
7677 * or
7678 * int x = 1;
7679 * int foo,
7680 * -> here;
7681 */
7682 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7683 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7684 {
7685 if (cont_amount > 0)
7686 amount = cont_amount;
7687 else
7688 amount += ind_continuation;
7689 break;
7690 }
7691
7692 /*
7693 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7694 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7695 * x = 1; x = 1;
7696 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7697 * while (asdf) ->here;
7698 * here;
7699 * ->foo;
7700 */
7701 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7702 {
7703 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7704 break;
7705 }
7706
7707 /*
7708 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7709 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7710 * a terminated line.
7711 */
7712 else
7713 {
7714 /*
7715 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7716 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7717 * the line. Helps for:
7718 * func(asdr,
7719 * asdfasdf);
7720 * here;
7721 */
7722term_again:
7723 l = ml_get_curline();
7724 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7725 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7726 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7727 {
7728 /*
7729 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7730 * handled above.
7731 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7732 * asdf)
7733 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007734 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007735 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007736 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007737 {
7738 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007739 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007740 continue;
7741 }
7742 }
7743
7744 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7745 * with a statement after it.
7746 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7747 * stat;
7748 * }
7749 * case 2:
7750 * stat;
7751 * }
7752 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007753 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007754
7755 /*
7756 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7757 * ignoring any jump label.
7758 */
7759 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7760 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7761
7762 if (theline[0] == '{')
7763 amount += ind_open_extra;
7764 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007765 l = skipwhite(l);
7766 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007767 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7768 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7769
7770 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007771 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7772 * the matching "if":
7773 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007774 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007775 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7776 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7777 */
7778 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7779 && *l != '}'
7780 && cin_iselse(l)
7781 && whilelevel == 0)
7782 {
7783 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7784 == NULL
7785 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7786 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7787 break;
7788 continue;
7789 }
7790
7791 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007792 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7793 * that block.
7794 */
7795 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7796 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7797 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7798 != NULL) /* XXX */
7799 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007800 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007801 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7802 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7803 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7804 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7805 goto term_again;
7806 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007807 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007808 }
7809 }
7810 }
7811 }
7812 }
7813 }
7814
7815 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7816 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7817 amount += ind_comment;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02007818
7819 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */
7820 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel)
7821 amount -= ind_jump_label;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007822 }
7823
7824 /*
7825 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7826 *
7827 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7828 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7829 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7830 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7831 */
7832 else
7833 {
7834 /*
7835 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7836 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7837 * of a function
7838 */
7839
7840 if (theline[0] == '{')
7841 {
7842 amount = ind_first_open;
7843 }
7844
7845 /*
7846 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7847 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007848 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
7849 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
7850 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007851 */
7852 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7853 && !cin_nocode(theline)
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007854 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
7855 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007856 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7857 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7858 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7859 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7860 {
7861 amount = ind_func_type;
7862 }
7863 else
7864 {
7865 amount = 0;
7866 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7867
7868 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7869
7870 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7871 {
7872 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7873 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7874
7875 l = ml_get_curline();
7876
7877 /*
7878 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7879 */ /* XXX */
7880 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7881 {
7882 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007883 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007884 continue;
7885 }
7886
7887 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007888 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7889 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007890 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007891 n = FALSE;
7892 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7893 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007894 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007895 l = ml_get_curline();
7896 }
7897 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007898 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007899 /* XXX */
7900 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7901 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007902 break;
7903 }
7904
7905 /*
7906 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7907 */
7908 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7909 continue;
7910
7911 if (cin_nocode(l))
7912 continue;
7913
7914 /*
7915 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7916 * indentation:
7917 * int foo,
7918 * bar;
7919 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7920 * enum foobar
7921 * {
7922 * ...
7923 * } foo,
7924 * bar;
7925 */
7926 n = 0;
7927 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7928 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7929 {
7930 /* take us back to opening paren */
7931 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7932 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7933 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007934 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007935
7936 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7937 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7938 * char *foo = "bla\
7939 * bla",
7940 * here;
7941 */
7942 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7943 {
7944 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7945 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7946 break;
7947 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007948 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007949 }
7950
7951 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7952
7953 if (amount == 0)
7954 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7955 if (amount == 0)
7956 amount = ind_continuation;
7957 break;
7958 }
7959
7960 /*
7961 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7962 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7963 */
7964 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7965 break;
7966 l = ml_get_curline();
7967
7968 /*
7969 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7970 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7971 */
7972 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7973 break;
7974
7975 /* (matching {)
7976 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7977 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7978 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7979 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7980 */
7981 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7982 break;
7983
7984 /*
7985 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7986 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7987 * parameters.
7988 */
7989 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7990 {
7991 amount = ind_param;
7992 break;
7993 }
7994
7995 /*
7996 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7997 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7998 * int foo,
7999 * bar;
8000 * indent_to_0 here;
8001 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00008002 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008003 {
8004 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
8005 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
8006 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
8007 break;
8008 l = ml_get_curline();
8009 }
8010
8011 /*
8012 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
8013 * use the indent of this line.
8014 *
8015 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
8016 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
8017 */
8018 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
8019
8020 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
8021 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00008022 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008023 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
8024 break;
8025 }
8026
8027 /* add extra indent for a comment */
8028 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
8029 amount += ind_comment;
8030
8031 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
8032 * "asdfasdf\
8033 * here";
8034 * char *foo = "asdf\
8035 * here";
8036 */
8037 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
8038 {
8039 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8040 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
8041 {
8042 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8043 if (cur_amount > 0)
8044 amount = cur_amount;
8045 else if (cur_amount == 0)
8046 amount += ind_continuation;
8047 }
8048 }
8049 }
8050 }
8051
8052theend:
8053 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
8054 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
8055
8056 vim_free(linecopy);
8057
8058 if (amount < 0)
8059 return 0;
8060 return amount;
8061}
8062
8063 static int
8064find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
8065 int lookfor;
8066 linenr_T ourscope;
8067 int ind_maxparen;
8068 int ind_maxcomment;
8069{
8070 char_u *look;
8071 pos_T *theirscope;
8072 char_u *mightbeif;
8073 int elselevel;
8074 int whilelevel;
8075
8076 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8077 {
8078 elselevel = 1;
8079 whilelevel = 0;
8080 }
8081 else
8082 {
8083 elselevel = 0;
8084 whilelevel = 1;
8085 }
8086
8087 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8088
8089 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
8090 {
8091 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
8092 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8093
8094 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8095 if (cin_iselse(look)
8096 || cin_isif(look)
8097 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
8098 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8099 {
8100 /*
8101 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
8102 * we must be out of scope...
8103 */
8104 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
8105 if (theirscope == NULL)
8106 break;
8107
8108 /*
8109 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
8110 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
8111 * out of luck too.
8112 */
8113 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
8114 break;
8115
8116 /*
8117 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
8118 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
8119 * different scope...
8120 */
8121 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
8122 continue;
8123
8124 /*
8125 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8126 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8127 * increment elselevel
8128 */
8129 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8130 if (cin_iselse(look))
8131 {
8132 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8133 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8134 ++elselevel;
8135 continue;
8136 }
8137
8138 /*
8139 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8140 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8141 */
8142 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8143 {
8144 ++whilelevel;
8145 continue;
8146 }
8147
8148 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8149 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8150 if (cin_isif(look))
8151 {
8152 elselevel--;
8153 /*
8154 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8155 * get in the way.
8156 */
8157 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8158 whilelevel = 0;
8159 }
8160
8161 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8162 if (cin_isdo(look))
8163 whilelevel--;
8164
8165 /*
8166 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8167 * this must be the if that we want!
8168 * match the indent level of that if.
8169 */
8170 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8171 {
8172 return OK;
8173 }
8174 }
8175 }
8176 return FAIL;
8177}
8178
8179# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8180/*
8181 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8182 */
8183 int
8184get_expr_indent()
8185{
8186 int indent;
8187 pos_T pos;
8188 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008189 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8190 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008191
8192 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8193 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008194 if (use_sandbox)
8195 ++sandbox;
8196 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008197 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008198 if (use_sandbox)
8199 --sandbox;
8200 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008201
8202 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8203 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8204 * command. */
8205 save_State = State;
8206 State = INSERT;
8207 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8208 check_cursor();
8209 State = save_State;
8210
8211 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8212 if (indent < 0)
8213 indent = get_indent();
8214
8215 return indent;
8216}
8217# endif
8218
8219#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8220
8221#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8222
8223static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8224
8225 static int
8226lisp_match(p)
8227 char_u *p;
8228{
8229 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8230 int len;
8231 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8232
8233 while (*word != NUL)
8234 {
8235 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8236 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8237 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8238 return TRUE;
8239 }
8240 return FALSE;
8241}
8242
8243/*
8244 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8245 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8246 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8247 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8248 *
8249 * TODO:
8250 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8251 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8252 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8253 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8254 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8255 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008256 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8257 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008258 */
8259 int
8260get_lisp_indent()
8261{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008262 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008263 int amount;
8264 char_u *that;
8265 colnr_T col;
8266 colnr_T firsttry;
8267 int parencount, quotecount;
8268 int vi_lisp;
8269
8270 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8271 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8272
8273 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8274 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8275
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008276 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8277 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8278 else
8279 {
8280 paren = *pos;
8281 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8282 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8283 pos = &paren;
8284 }
8285 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008286 {
8287 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8288 * line that is at the same () level. */
8289 amount = -1;
8290 parencount = 0;
8291
8292 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8293 {
8294 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8295 continue;
8296 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8297 {
8298 if (*that == ';')
8299 {
8300 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8301 ++that;
8302 continue;
8303 }
8304 if (*that == '\\')
8305 {
8306 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8307 ++that;
8308 continue;
8309 }
8310 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8311 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008312 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8313 {
8314 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8315 if (*that == '\\')
8316 {
8317 if (*++that == NUL)
8318 break;
8319 if (that[1] == NUL)
8320 {
8321 ++that;
8322 break;
8323 }
8324 }
8325 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008326 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008327 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008328 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008329 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008330 --parencount;
8331 }
8332 if (parencount == 0)
8333 {
8334 amount = get_indent();
8335 break;
8336 }
8337 }
8338
8339 if (amount == -1)
8340 {
8341 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8342 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8343 col = pos->col;
8344
8345 that = ml_get_curline();
8346
8347 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8348 amount = 2;
8349 else
8350 {
8351 amount = 0;
8352 while (*that && col)
8353 {
8354 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8355 col--;
8356 }
8357
8358 /*
8359 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8360 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8361 *
8362 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8363 * (...)) of (...))
8364 */
8365
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008366 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8367 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008368 amount += 2;
8369 else
8370 {
8371 that++;
8372 amount++;
8373 firsttry = amount;
8374
8375 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8376 {
8377 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8378 ++that;
8379 }
8380
8381 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8382 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008383 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008384 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008385 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008386 firsttry++;
8387
8388 parencount = 0;
8389 quotecount = 0;
8390
8391 if (vi_lisp
8392 || (*that != '"'
8393 && *that != '\''
8394 && *that != '#'
8395 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8396 {
8397 while (*that
8398 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8399 || quotecount
8400 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008401 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008402 && !quotecount
8403 && !parencount
8404 && vi_lisp)))
8405 {
8406 if (*that == '"')
8407 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008408 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8409 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008410 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008411 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8412 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008413 --parencount;
8414 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8415 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8416 (colnr_T)amount);
8417 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8418 (colnr_T)amount);
8419 }
8420 }
8421 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8422 {
8423 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8424 that++;
8425 }
8426 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8427 amount = firsttry;
8428 }
8429 }
8430 }
8431 }
8432 }
8433 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008434 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008435
8436 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8437
8438 return amount;
8439}
8440#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8441
8442 void
8443prepare_to_exit()
8444{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008445#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8446 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8447 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8448 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008449 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8450#endif
8451
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008452#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8453 if (gui.in_use)
8454 {
8455 gui.dying = TRUE;
8456 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8457 }
8458 else
8459#endif
8460 {
8461 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8462
8463 /*
8464 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8465 * screen (if there are two screens).
8466 */
8467 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8468#ifdef WIN3264
8469 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8470#endif
8471 stoptermcap();
8472 out_flush();
8473 }
8474}
8475
8476/*
8477 * Preserve files and exit.
8478 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8479 */
8480 void
8481preserve_exit()
8482{
8483 buf_T *buf;
8484
8485 prepare_to_exit();
8486
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008487 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8488 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8489 really_exiting = TRUE;
8490
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008491 out_str(IObuff);
8492 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8493 out_flush();
8494
8495 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8496
8497 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8498 {
8499 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8500 {
8501 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8502 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8503 out_flush();
8504 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8505 break;
8506 }
8507 }
8508
8509 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8510
8511 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8512
8513 getout(1);
8514}
8515
8516/*
8517 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8518 */
8519 int
8520vim_fexists(fname)
8521 char_u *fname;
8522{
8523 struct stat st;
8524
8525 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8526 return FALSE;
8527 return TRUE;
8528}
8529
8530/*
8531 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8532 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8533 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8534 * time, because it can be a system call.
8535 */
8536
8537#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8538# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8539# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8540# else
8541# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8542# endif
8543#endif
8544
8545static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8546
8547 void
8548line_breakcheck()
8549{
8550 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8551 {
8552 breakcheck_count = 0;
8553 ui_breakcheck();
8554 }
8555}
8556
8557/*
8558 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8559 */
8560 void
8561fast_breakcheck()
8562{
8563 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8564 {
8565 breakcheck_count = 0;
8566 ui_breakcheck();
8567 }
8568}
8569
8570/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008571 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8572 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8573 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8574 */
8575 int
8576expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8577 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8578 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8579 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8580 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8581{
8582 int ret = FAIL;
8583 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8584 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8585 char_u *ignored_msg;
8586 int usedlen;
8587
8588 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8589 {
8590 ++emsg_off;
8591 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8592 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8593 --emsg_off;
8594 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8595 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8596 }
8597
8598 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8599 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8600
8601 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8602 {
8603 vim_free(exp_pat);
8604 vim_free(eval_pat);
8605 }
8606
8607 return ret;
8608}
8609
8610/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008611 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8612 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008613 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008614 */
8615 int
8616expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8617 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8618 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8619 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8620 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8621 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8622{
8623 int retval;
8624 int i, j;
8625 char_u *p;
8626 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8627
8628 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8629
8630 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008631 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008632 return retval;
8633
8634#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8635 /*
8636 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8637 */
8638 if (*p_wig)
8639 {
8640 char_u *ffname;
8641
8642 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8643 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8644 {
8645 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8646 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8647 break;
8648# ifdef VMS
8649 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8650# endif
8651 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8652 {
8653 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8654 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8655 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8656 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8657 --*num_file;
8658 --i;
8659 }
8660 vim_free(ffname);
8661 }
8662 }
8663#endif
8664
8665 /*
8666 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8667 */
8668 if (*num_file > 1)
8669 {
8670 non_suf_match = 0;
8671 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8672 {
8673 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8674 {
8675 /*
8676 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8677 * of the list.
8678 */
8679 p = (*file)[i];
8680 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8681 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8682 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8683 }
8684 }
8685 }
8686
8687 return retval;
8688}
8689
8690/*
8691 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8692 */
8693 int
8694match_suffix(fname)
8695 char_u *fname;
8696{
8697 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8698 char_u *setsuf;
8699#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8700 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8701
8702 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8703 setsuflen = 0;
8704 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8705 {
8706 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008707 if (setsuflen == 0)
8708 {
8709 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8710
8711 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8712 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8713 {
8714 setsuflen = 1;
8715 break;
8716 }
8717 }
8718 else
8719 {
8720 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8721 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8722 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8723 break;
8724 setsuflen = 0;
8725 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008726 }
8727 return (setsuflen != 0);
8728}
8729
8730#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8731
8732# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8733static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8734static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8735# endif
8736
8737# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8738/*
8739 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8740 * it's shared between these systems.
8741 */
8742# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8743# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8744# else
8745# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8746# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8747# endif
8748# endif
8749
8750/*
8751 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8752 */
8753 static int _cdecl
8754pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8755{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008756 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008757}
8758
8759# ifndef WIN3264
8760 static void
8761namelowcpy(
8762 char_u *d,
8763 char_u *s)
8764{
8765# ifdef DJGPP
8766 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8767 while (*s)
8768 *d++ = *s++;
8769 else
8770# endif
8771 while (*s)
8772 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8773 *d = NUL;
8774}
8775# endif
8776
8777/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008778 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8779 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008780 * Return the number of matches found.
8781 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8782 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008783 * Return the number of matches found.
8784 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008785 */
8786 static int
8787dos_expandpath(
8788 garray_T *gap,
8789 char_u *path,
8790 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008791 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008792 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008793{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008794 char_u *buf;
8795 char_u *path_end;
8796 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8797 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8798 char_u *pat;
8799 regmatch_T regmatch;
8800 int starts_with_dot;
8801 int matches;
8802 int len;
8803 int starstar = FALSE;
8804 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008805#ifdef WIN3264
8806 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8807 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8808# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8809 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8810 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8811# endif
8812#else
8813 struct ffblk fb;
8814#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008815 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008816 int ok;
8817
8818 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8819 if (stardepth > 0)
8820 {
8821 ui_breakcheck();
8822 if (got_int)
8823 return 0;
8824 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008825
8826 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008827 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008828 if (buf == NULL)
8829 return 0;
8830
8831 /*
8832 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8833 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8834 */
8835 p = buf;
8836 s = buf;
8837 e = NULL;
8838 path_end = path;
8839 while (*path_end != NUL)
8840 {
8841 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8842 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8843 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8844 *p++ = *path_end++;
8845 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8846 {
8847 if (e != NULL)
8848 break;
8849 s = p + 1;
8850 }
8851 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8852 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8853 e = p;
8854#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8855 if (has_mbyte)
8856 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008857 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008858 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8859 p += len;
8860 path_end += len;
8861 }
8862 else
8863#endif
8864 *p++ = *path_end++;
8865 }
8866 e = p;
8867 *e = NUL;
8868
8869 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8870 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8871 * component. */
8872 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8873 if (rem_backslash(p))
8874 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008875 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008876 --e;
8877 --s;
8878 }
8879
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008880 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8881 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8882 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8883 starstar = TRUE;
8884
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008885 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8886 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8887 if (pat == NULL)
8888 {
8889 vim_free(buf);
8890 return 0;
8891 }
8892
8893 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8894 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8895 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8896 vim_free(pat);
8897
8898 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8899 {
8900 vim_free(buf);
8901 return 0;
8902 }
8903
8904 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8905 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8906
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008907 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8908 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8909 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8910 && *path_end == '/')
8911 {
8912 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8913 ++stardepth;
8914 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8915 --stardepth;
8916 }
8917
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008918 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8919 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8920#ifdef WIN3264
8921# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8922 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8923 {
8924 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8925 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8926 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008927 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008928 if (wn != NULL)
8929 {
8930 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8931 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8932 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8933 {
8934 vim_free(wn);
8935 wn = NULL;
8936 }
8937 }
8938 }
8939
8940 if (wn == NULL)
8941# endif
8942 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8943 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8944#else
8945 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8946 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8947 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8948#endif
8949
8950 while (ok)
8951 {
8952#ifdef WIN3264
8953# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8954 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008955 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008956 else
8957# endif
8958 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8959#else
8960 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8961#endif
8962 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8963 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8964 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8965 && (matchname == NULL
8966 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8967 {
8968#ifdef WIN3264
8969 STRCPY(s, p);
8970#else
8971 namelowcpy(s, p);
8972#endif
8973 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008974
8975 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8976 {
8977 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8978 * find matches. */
8979 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8980 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8981 ++stardepth;
8982 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8983 --stardepth;
8984 }
8985
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008986 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8987 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8988 {
8989 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8990 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008991 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008992 }
8993 else
8994 {
8995 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8996 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8997 if (*path_end != 0)
8998 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8999 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9000 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9001 }
9002 }
9003
9004#ifdef WIN3264
9005# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9006 if (wn != NULL)
9007 {
9008 vim_free(p);
9009 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
9010 }
9011 else
9012# endif
9013 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
9014#else
9015 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
9016#endif
9017
9018 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
9019 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
9020 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
9021 {
9022 STRCPY(s, matchname);
9023#ifdef WIN3264
9024 FindClose(hFind);
9025# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9026 if (wn != NULL)
9027 {
9028 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00009029 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009030 if (wn != NULL)
9031 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
9032 }
9033 if (wn == NULL)
9034# endif
9035 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
9036 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
9037#else
9038 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
9039 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
9040#endif
9041 vim_free(matchname);
9042 matchname = NULL;
9043 }
9044 }
9045
9046#ifdef WIN3264
9047 FindClose(hFind);
9048# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9049 vim_free(wn);
9050# endif
9051#endif
9052 vim_free(buf);
9053 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9054 vim_free(matchname);
9055
9056 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9057 if (matches > 0)
9058 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
9059 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9060 return matches;
9061}
9062
9063 int
9064mch_expandpath(
9065 garray_T *gap,
9066 char_u *path,
9067 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
9068{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009069 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009070}
9071# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
9072
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009073#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
9074 || defined(PROTO)
9075/*
9076 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
9077 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
9078 */
9079static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
9080
9081 static int
9082pstrcmp(a, b)
9083 const void *a, *b;
9084{
9085 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
9086}
9087
9088/*
9089 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
9090 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
9091 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
9092 * at "path + wildoff".
9093 * Return the number of matches found.
9094 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
9095 */
9096 int
9097unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
9098 garray_T *gap;
9099 char_u *path;
9100 int wildoff;
9101 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9102 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
9103{
9104 char_u *buf;
9105 char_u *path_end;
9106 char_u *p, *s, *e;
9107 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
9108 char_u *pat;
9109 regmatch_T regmatch;
9110 int starts_with_dot;
9111 int matches;
9112 int len;
9113 int starstar = FALSE;
9114 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
9115
9116 DIR *dirp;
9117 struct dirent *dp;
9118
9119 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
9120 if (stardepth > 0)
9121 {
9122 ui_breakcheck();
9123 if (got_int)
9124 return 0;
9125 }
9126
9127 /* make room for file name */
9128 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9129 if (buf == NULL)
9130 return 0;
9131
9132 /*
9133 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9134 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9135 */
9136 p = buf;
9137 s = buf;
9138 e = NULL;
9139 path_end = path;
9140 while (*path_end != NUL)
9141 {
9142 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9143 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9144 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9145 *p++ = *path_end++;
9146 else if (*path_end == '/')
9147 {
9148 if (e != NULL)
9149 break;
9150 s = p + 1;
9151 }
9152 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9153 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9154 e = p;
9155#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9156 if (has_mbyte)
9157 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009158 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009159 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9160 p += len;
9161 path_end += len;
9162 }
9163 else
9164#endif
9165 *p++ = *path_end++;
9166 }
9167 e = p;
9168 *e = NUL;
9169
9170 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9171 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9172 * component. */
9173 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9174 if (rem_backslash(p))
9175 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009176 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009177 --e;
9178 --s;
9179 }
9180
9181 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9182 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9183 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9184 starstar = TRUE;
9185
9186 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9187 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9188 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9189 if (pat == NULL)
9190 {
9191 vim_free(buf);
9192 return 0;
9193 }
9194
9195 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009196#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009197 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9198#else
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009199 if (flags & EW_ICASE)
9200 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */
9201 else
9202 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ignore case */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009203#endif
9204 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9205 vim_free(pat);
9206
9207 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9208 {
9209 vim_free(buf);
9210 return 0;
9211 }
9212
9213 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9214 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9215 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9216 && *path_end == '/')
9217 {
9218 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9219 ++stardepth;
9220 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9221 --stardepth;
9222 }
9223
9224 /* open the directory for scanning */
9225 *s = NUL;
9226 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9227
9228 /* Find all matching entries */
9229 if (dirp != NULL)
9230 {
9231 for (;;)
9232 {
9233 dp = readdir(dirp);
9234 if (dp == NULL)
9235 break;
9236 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9237 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9238 {
9239 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9240 len = STRLEN(buf);
9241
9242 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9243 {
9244 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9245 * find matches. */
9246 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9247 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9248 ++stardepth;
9249 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9250 --stardepth;
9251 }
9252
9253 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9254 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9255 {
9256 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9257 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9258 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9259 }
9260 else
9261 {
9262 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9263 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9264 if (*path_end != NUL)
9265 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9266 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9267 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009268#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009269 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9270 char_u *precomp_buf =
9271 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009272
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009273 if (precomp_buf)
9274 {
9275 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9276 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9277 }
9278#endif
9279 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9280 }
9281 }
9282 }
9283 }
9284
9285 closedir(dirp);
9286 }
9287
9288 vim_free(buf);
9289 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9290
9291 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9292 if (matches > 0)
9293 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9294 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9295 return matches;
9296}
9297#endif
9298
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009299#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9300static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep));
9301static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i));
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009302static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap));
9303static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap));
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009304static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern));
9305static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags));
9306
9307/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009308 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path".
9309 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009310 */
9311 static int
9312find_previous_pathsep(path, psep)
9313 char_u *path;
9314 char_u **psep;
9315{
9316 /* skip the current separator */
9317 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009318 --*psep;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009319
9320 /* find the previous separator */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009321 while (*psep > path)
9322 {
9323 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9324 return OK;
9325 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep);
9326 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009327
9328 return FAIL;
9329}
9330
9331/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009332 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap".
9333 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009334 */
9335 static int
9336is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i)
9337 char_u *maybe_unique;
9338 garray_T *gap;
9339 int i;
9340{
9341 int j;
9342 int candidate_len;
9343 int other_path_len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009344 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009345 char_u *rival;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009346
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009347 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009348 {
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009349 if (j == i)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009350 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009351
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009352 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique);
9353 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009354 if (other_path_len < candidate_len)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009355 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009356
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009357 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len;
Bram Moolenaarda9836c2010-08-16 21:53:27 +02009358 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0
9359 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1))))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009360 return FALSE; /* match */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009361 }
9362
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009363 return TRUE; /* no match found */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009364}
9365
9366/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02009367 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009368 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "."
9369 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current
9370 * directory) notations.
9371 *
9372 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by
9373 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s).
9374 */
9375 static void
9376expand_path_option(curdir, gap)
9377 char_u *curdir;
9378 garray_T *gap;
9379{
9380 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL
9381 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path;
9382 char_u *buf;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009383 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009384 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009385
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009386 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009387 return;
9388
9389 while (*path_option != NUL)
9390 {
9391 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
9392
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009393 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1])))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009394 {
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009395 /* Relative to current buffer:
9396 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/"
9397 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009398 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
9399 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009400 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname);
9401 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname);
9402 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL)
9403 continue;
9404 if (buf[1] == NUL)
9405 buf[len] = NUL;
9406 else
9407 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2);
9408 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len);
9409 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009410 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009411 else if (buf[0] == NUL)
9412 /* relative to current directory */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009413 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009414 else if (path_with_url(buf))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009415 /* URL can't be used here */
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009416 continue;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009417 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf))
9418 {
9419 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009420 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir);
9421 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009422 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009423 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009424 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009425 buf[len] = PATHSEP;
Bram Moolenaar57adda12010-08-03 22:11:29 +02009426 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009427 }
9428
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009429 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9430 break;
9431 p = vim_strsave(buf);
9432 if (p == NULL)
9433 break;
9434 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009435 }
9436
9437 vim_free(buf);
9438}
9439
9440/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009441 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the
9442 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example:
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009443 *
9444 * path: /foo/bar/baz
9445 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009446 * returns: ^this
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009447 */
9448 static char_u *
9449get_path_cutoff(fname, gap)
9450 char_u *fname;
9451 garray_T *gap;
9452{
9453 int i;
9454 int maxlen = 0;
9455 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9456 char_u *cutoff = NULL;
9457
9458 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9459 {
9460 int j = 0;
9461
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009462 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j]
Bram Moolenaar2d7c47d2010-08-10 19:50:26 +02009463# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009464 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j]))
9465#endif
9466 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009467 j++;
9468 if (j > maxlen)
9469 {
9470 maxlen = j;
9471 cutoff = &fname[j];
9472 }
9473 }
9474
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009475 /* skip to the file or directory name */
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009476 if (cutoff != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009477 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff))
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009478 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009479
9480 return cutoff;
9481}
9482
9483/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009484 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so
9485 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part
9486 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009487 */
9488 static void
9489uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009490 garray_T *gap;
9491 char_u *pattern;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009492{
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009493 int i;
9494 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009495 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009496 int sort_again = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009497 char_u *pat;
9498 char_u *file_pattern;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009499 char_u *curdir;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009500 regmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009501 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009502 char_u **in_curdir = NULL;
9503 char_u *short_name;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009504
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009505 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009506 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009507
9508 /*
9509 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the
9510 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009511 * possible patterns?
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009512 */
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009513 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009514 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009515 if (file_pattern == NULL)
9516 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009517 file_pattern[0] = '*';
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009518 file_pattern[1] = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009519 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern);
9520 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
9521 vim_free(file_pattern);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009522 if (pat == NULL)
9523 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009524
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009525 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */
9526 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
9527 vim_free(pat);
9528 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009529 return;
9530
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009531 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009532 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009533 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009534 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009535
9536 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *));
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009537 if (in_curdir == NULL)
9538 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009539
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009540 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009541 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009542 char_u *path = fnames[i];
9543 int is_in_curdir;
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009544 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009545 char_u *pathsep_p;
9546 char_u *path_cutoff;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009547
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009548 len = (int)STRLEN(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009549 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009550 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009551 if (is_in_curdir)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009552 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009553
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009554 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */
9555 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009556
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009557 /* we start at the end of the path */
9558 pathsep_p = path + len - 1;
9559
9560 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p))
9561 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0)
9562 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i)
9563 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff)
9564 {
9565 sort_again = TRUE;
9566 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p));
9567 break;
9568 }
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009569
9570 if (mch_isFullName(path))
9571 {
9572 /*
9573 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible.
9574 * 'possible' means:
9575 * 1. It is under the current directory.
9576 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original.
9577 *
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009578 * Before curdir After
9579 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt
9580 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt
9581 * /file.txt / /file.txt
9582 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009583 */
9584 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009585 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1
9586#if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009587 /* On windows,
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009588 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b")
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009589 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009590 * name, hence: */
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009591 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name)
9592#endif
9593 )
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009594 {
9595 STRCPY(path, ".");
9596 add_pathsep(path);
Bram Moolenaarcda000e2010-08-14 13:34:39 +02009597 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name);
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009598 }
9599 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009600 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009601 }
9602
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009603 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009604 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009605 {
9606 char_u *rel_path;
9607 char_u *path = in_curdir[i];
9608
9609 if (path == NULL)
9610 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009611
9612 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}.
9613 * Else reduce it to {filename} */
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009614 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
9615 if (short_name == NULL)
9616 short_name = path;
9617 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i))
9618 {
9619 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name);
9620 continue;
9621 }
9622
9623 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2));
9624 if (rel_path == NULL)
9625 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009626 STRCPY(rel_path, ".");
9627 add_pathsep(rel_path);
9628 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name);
9629
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009630 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9631 fnames[i] = rel_path;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009632 sort_again = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009633 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009634 }
9635
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009636theend:
9637 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009638 if (in_curdir != NULL)
9639 {
9640 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9641 vim_free(in_curdir[i]);
9642 vim_free(in_curdir);
9643 }
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009644 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009645 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009646
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009647 if (sort_again)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009648 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009649}
9650
9651/*
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009652 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the
9653 * result in "gap".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009654 * Returns the total number of matches.
9655 */
9656 static int
9657expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags)
9658 garray_T *gap;
9659 char_u *pattern;
9660 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9661{
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009662 char_u *curdir;
9663 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009664 char_u *files = NULL;
9665 char_u *s; /* start */
9666 char_u *e; /* end */
9667 char_u *paths = NULL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009668
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009669 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009670 return 0;
9671 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
9672
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009673 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009674 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
9675 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar006d2b02010-08-04 12:39:44 +02009676 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0)
9677 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009678
9679 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga);
9680 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
9681 if (paths == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009682 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009683
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009684 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009685 vim_free(paths);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009686 if (files == NULL)
9687 return 0;
9688
9689 /* Copy each path in files into gap */
9690 s = e = files;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009691 while (*s != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009692 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009693 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009694 e++;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009695 if (*e == NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009696 {
9697 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9698 break;
9699 }
9700 else
9701 {
9702 /* *e is '\n' */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009703 *e = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009704 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9705 e++;
9706 s = e;
9707 }
9708 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009709 vim_free(files);
9710
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009711 return gap->ga_len;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009712}
9713#endif
9714
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009715#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9716/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009717 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a
9718 * list of file names in allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009719 */
9720 void
9721remove_duplicates(gap)
9722 garray_T *gap;
9723{
9724 int i;
9725 int j;
9726 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9727
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009728 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009729 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i)
9730 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0)
9731 {
9732 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9733 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j)
9734 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j];
9735 --gap->ga_len;
9736 }
9737}
9738#endif
9739
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009740/*
9741 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9742 *
9743 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9744 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9745 *
9746 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9747 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9748 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9749 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9750 */
9751 int
9752gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9753 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9754 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9755 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9756 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9757 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9758{
9759 int i;
9760 garray_T ga;
9761 char_u *p;
9762 static int recursive = FALSE;
9763 int add_pat;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009764#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9765 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE;
9766#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009767
9768 /*
9769 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9770 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9771 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9772 * return FAIL.
9773 */
9774 if (recursive)
9775#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9776 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9777#else
9778 return FAIL;
9779#endif
9780
9781#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9782 /*
9783 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9784 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9785 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9786 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9787 */
9788 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9789 {
9790 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9791# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9792 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9793# endif
9794 )
9795 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9796 }
9797#endif
9798
9799 recursive = TRUE;
9800
9801 /*
9802 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9803 */
9804 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9805
9806 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9807 {
9808 add_pat = -1;
9809 p = pat[i];
9810
9811#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9812 if (vim_backtick(p))
9813 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9814 else
9815#endif
9816 {
9817 /*
9818 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9819 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009820 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009821 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009822 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009823 if (p == NULL)
9824 p = pat[i];
9825#ifdef UNIX
9826 /*
9827 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9828 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9829 * found file names and start all over again.
9830 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009831 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009832 {
9833 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009834 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009835 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9836 flags);
9837 recursive = FALSE;
9838 return i;
9839 }
9840#endif
9841 }
9842
9843 /*
9844 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9845 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9846 * the pattern.
9847 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9848 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9849 */
9850 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009851 {
9852#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009853 if ((flags & EW_PATH)
9854 && !mch_isFullName(p)
9855 && !(p[0] == '.'
9856 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1])
9857 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2]))))
9858 )
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009859 {
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009860 /* :find completion where 'path' is used.
9861 * Recursiveness is OK here. */
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009862 recursive = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009863 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags);
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009864 recursive = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009865 did_expand_in_path = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009866 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009867 else
9868#endif
9869 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9870 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009871 }
9872
9873 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9874 {
9875 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9876
9877#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9878 slash_to_colon(t);
9879#endif
9880 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9881 * "vim c:/" work. */
9882 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9883 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9884 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9885 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9886 vim_free(t);
9887 }
9888
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009889#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009890 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH))
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009891 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p);
9892#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009893 if (p != pat[i])
9894 vim_free(p);
9895 }
9896
9897 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9898 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9899
9900 recursive = FALSE;
9901
9902 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9903}
9904
9905# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9906
9907/*
9908 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9909 */
9910 static int
9911vim_backtick(p)
9912 char_u *p;
9913{
9914 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9915}
9916
9917/*
9918 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9919 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9920 * Returns number of file names found.
9921 */
9922 static int
9923expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9924 garray_T *gap;
9925 char_u *pat;
9926 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9927{
9928 char_u *p;
9929 char_u *cmd;
9930 char_u *buffer;
9931 int cnt = 0;
9932 int i;
9933
9934 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9935 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9936 if (cmd == NULL)
9937 return 0;
9938
9939#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9940 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009941 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009942 else
9943#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009944 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9945 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009946 vim_free(cmd);
9947 if (buffer == NULL)
9948 return 0;
9949
9950 cmd = buffer;
9951 while (*cmd != NUL)
9952 {
9953 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9954 p = cmd;
9955 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9956 ++p;
9957 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9958 if (p > cmd)
9959 {
9960 i = *p;
9961 *p = NUL;
9962 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9963 *p = i;
9964 ++cnt;
9965 }
9966 cmd = p;
9967 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9968 ++cmd;
9969 }
9970
9971 vim_free(buffer);
9972 return cnt;
9973}
9974# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9975
9976/*
9977 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9978 * EW_DIR add directories
9979 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009980 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009981 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9982 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9983 */
9984 void
9985addfile(gap, f, flags)
9986 garray_T *gap;
9987 char_u *f; /* filename */
9988 int flags;
9989{
9990 char_u *p;
9991 int isdir;
9992
9993 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9994 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9995 return;
9996
9997#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9998 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9999 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
10000 return;
10001#endif
10002
10003 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
10004 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
10005 return;
10006
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +000010007 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
10008 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
10009 return;
10010
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010011 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
10012 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
10013 return;
10014
10015 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
10016 if (p == NULL)
10017 return;
10018
10019 STRCPY(p, f);
10020#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
10021 slash_adjust(p);
10022#endif
10023 /*
10024 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
10025 */
10026#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
10027 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
10028 add_pathsep(p);
10029#endif
10030 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010031}
10032#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
10033
10034#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
10035
10036#ifndef SEEK_SET
10037# define SEEK_SET 0
10038#endif
10039#ifndef SEEK_END
10040# define SEEK_END 2
10041#endif
10042
10043/*
10044 * Get the stdout of an external command.
10045 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
10046 */
10047 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010048get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010049 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010050 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010051 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
10052{
10053 char_u *tempname;
10054 char_u *command;
10055 char_u *buffer = NULL;
10056 int len;
10057 int i = 0;
10058 FILE *fd;
10059
10060 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
10061 return NULL;
10062
10063 /* get a name for the temp file */
10064 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
10065 {
10066 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
10067 return NULL;
10068 }
10069
10070 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010071 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010072 if (command == NULL)
10073 goto done;
10074
10075 /*
10076 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
10077 * Don't check timestamps here.
10078 */
10079 ++no_check_timestamps;
10080 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
10081 --no_check_timestamps;
10082
10083 vim_free(command);
10084
10085 /*
10086 * read the names from the file into memory
10087 */
10088# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +000010089 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010090 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
10091# else
10092 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
10093# endif
10094
10095 if (fd == NULL)
10096 {
10097 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
10098 goto done;
10099 }
10100
10101 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
10102 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
10103 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
10104
10105 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
10106 if (buffer != NULL)
10107 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
10108 fclose(fd);
10109 mch_remove(tempname);
10110 if (buffer == NULL)
10111 goto done;
10112#ifdef VMS
10113 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
10114#endif
10115 if (i != len)
10116 {
10117 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
10118 vim_free(buffer);
10119 buffer = NULL;
10120 }
10121 else
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +020010122 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010123
10124done:
10125 vim_free(tempname);
10126 return buffer;
10127}
10128#endif
10129
10130/*
10131 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
10132 * functions.
10133 */
10134 void
10135FreeWild(count, files)
10136 int count;
10137 char_u **files;
10138{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +000010139 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010140 return;
10141#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
10142 /*
10143 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
10144 * been used???
10145 */
10146 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
10147#else
10148 while (count--)
10149 vim_free(files[count]);
10150 vim_free(files);
10151#endif
10152}
10153
10154/*
Bram Moolenaara9dc3752010-07-11 20:46:53 +020010155 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010156 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
10157 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
10158 */
10159 int
10160goto_im()
10161{
10162 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
10163}